“Next, have your brother Aaron brought to you from among the Israelites, along with his sons Nadab, Abihu, Eleazar, and Ithamar, to serve Me as priests.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְאַתָּ֡ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאַתָּ֡ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’at·tāh
                
                
                     [“] Next , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Pronoun - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        859 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) you (second pers. sing. masc.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’at·tāh
         [“] Next , 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            אָחִ֜יךָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָחִ֜יךָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·ḥî·ḵā
                
                
                     {have} your brother 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        251 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) brother <BR> 1a) brother of same parents <BR> 1b) half-brother (same father)<BR> 1c) relative, kinship, same tribe <BR> 1d) each to the other (reciprocal relationship) <BR> 1e) (fig.) of resemblance 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·ḥî·ḵā
         {have} your brother 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            אַהֲרֹ֨ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַהֲרֹ֨ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’a·hă·rōn
                
                
                     Aaron 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        175 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Aaron = |light bringer|<BR> 1) brother of Moses, a Levite and the first high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’a·hă·rōn
         Aaron 
    
 
        
            הַקְרֵ֣ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַקְרֵ֣ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haq·rêḇ
                
                
                     brought 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperative - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7126 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come near, approach, enter into, draw near <BR> 1a) (Qal) to approach, draw near <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be brought near <BR> 1c) (Piel) to cause to approach, bring near, cause to draw near <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to bring near, bring, present 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haq·rêḇ
         brought 
    
 
        
            אֵלֶיךָ֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵלֶיךָ֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ê·le·ḵā
                
                
                     to you 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ê·le·ḵā
         to you 
    
 
        
            מִתּ֛וֹךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִתּ֛וֹךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mit·tō·wḵ
                
                
                     from among 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8432 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) midst, middle <BR> 1a) midst, middle <BR> 1b) into, through (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1c) among (of a number of persons) <BR> 1d) between (of things arranged by twos) <BR> 1e) from among (as to take or separate etc) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mit·tō·wḵ
         from among 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê
                
                
                     the Israelites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê
         the Israelites 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     . . . , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         . . . , 
    
 
        
            אִתּ֔וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִתּ֔וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’it·tōw
                
                
                     along with 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        854 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with, near, together with <BR> 1a) with, together with <BR> 1b) with (of relationship) <BR> 1c) near (of place)<BR> 1d) with (poss.) <BR> 1e) from...with, from (with other prep) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’it·tōw
         along with 
    
 
        
            בָּנָ֣יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּנָ֣יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·nāw
                
                
                     his sons 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·nāw
         his sons 
    
 
        
            אַהֲרֹֽן׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַהֲרֹֽן׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’a·hă·rōn
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        175 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Aaron = |light bringer|<BR> 1) brother of Moses, a Levite and the first high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’a·hă·rōn
         - 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê
         - 
    
 
        
            נָדָ֧ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נָדָ֧ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nā·ḏāḇ
                
                
                     Nadab , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5070 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Nadab = |generous|<BR> 1) eldest son of Aaron by Elisheba; struck dead before the sanctuary in the wilderness for kindling the censers with strange fire<BR> 2) son of king Jeroboam I of the northern kingdom of Israel and king of Israel for 2 years before being slain by Baasha <BR> 3) a Jerahmeelite, son of Shammai, of the tribe of Judah <BR> 4) a son of Gibeon of the tribe of Benjamin 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nā·ḏāḇ
         Nadab , 
    
 
        
            וַאֲבִיה֛וּא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַאֲבִיה֛וּא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·’ă·ḇî·hū
                
                
                     Abihu , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        30 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Abihu = |he is (my) father|<BR> 1) a son of Aaron destroyed for sacrificing strange fire to God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·’ă·ḇî·hū
         Abihu , 
    
 
        
            אֶלְעָזָ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶלְעָזָ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el·‘ā·zār
                
                
                     Eleazar , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        499 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Eleazar = |God has helped|<BR> 1) the high priest son of Aaron <BR> 2) Abinadab's son who cared for the ark <BR> 3) the priest who rebuilt and dedicated the restored walls of Jerusalem in time of Ezra <BR> 4) one of David's mighty warriors <BR> 5) a Levite <BR> 6) one of the line of Parosh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el·‘ā·zār
         Eleazar , 
    
 
        
            וְאִיתָמָ֖ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאִיתָמָ֖ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’î·ṯā·mār
                
                
                     and Ithamar 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        385 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Ithamar = |coast of palms|<BR> 1) fourth and youngest son of Aaron 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’î·ṯā·mār
         and Ithamar 
    
 
        
            לִ֑י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִ֑י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lî
                
                
                     , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lî
         , 
    
 
        
            אַהֲרֹ֕ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַהֲרֹ֕ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’a·hă·rōn
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        175 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Aaron = |light bringer|<BR> 1) brother of Moses, a Levite and the first high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’a·hă·rōn
         - 
    
 
        
            לְכַהֲנוֹ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְכַהֲנוֹ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḵa·hă·nōw-
                
                
                     to serve Me as priests . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Piel - Infinitive construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3547 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to act as a priest, minister in a priest's office <BR> 1a) (Piel) <BR> 1a1) to minister as a priest, serve as a priest <BR> 1a2) to be or become a priest <BR> 1a3) to play the priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḵa·hă·nōw-
         to serve Me as priests . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Make holy garments for your brother Aaron, to give him glory and splendor.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            קֹ֖דֶשׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֹ֖דֶשׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qō·ḏeš
                
                
                     holy 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6944 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) apartness, holiness, sacredness, separateness <BR> 1a) apartness, sacredness, holiness <BR> 1a1) of God <BR> 1a2) of places <BR> 1a3) of things <BR> 1b) set-apartness, separateness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qō·ḏeš
         holy 
    
 
        
            בִגְדֵי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִגְדֵי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇiḡ·ḏê-
                
                
                     garments 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        899 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) treachery, deceit <BR> 2) (CLBL) garment, clothing (used indiscriminately) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇiḡ·ḏê-
         garments 
    
 
        
            אָחִ֑יךָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָחִ֑יךָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·ḥî·ḵā
                
                
                     for your brother 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        251 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) brother <BR> 1a) brother of same parents <BR> 1b) half-brother (same father)<BR> 1c) relative, kinship, same tribe <BR> 1d) each to the other (reciprocal relationship) <BR> 1e) (fig.) of resemblance 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·ḥî·ḵā
         for your brother 
    
 
        
            לְאַהֲרֹ֣ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְאַהֲרֹ֣ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·’a·hă·rōn
                
                
                     Aaron , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        175 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Aaron = |light bringer|<BR> 1) brother of Moses, a Levite and the first high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·’a·hă·rōn
         Aaron , 
    
 
        
            לְכָב֖וֹד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְכָב֖וֹד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḵā·ḇō·wḏ
                
                
                     to give him glory 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3519 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) glory, honour, glorious, abundance <BR> 1a) abundance, riches <BR> 1b) honour, splendour, glory <BR> 1c) honour, dignity <BR> 1d) honour, reputation <BR> 1e) honour, reverence, glory <BR> 1f) glory 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḵā·ḇō·wḏ
         to give him glory 
    
 
        
            וּלְתִפְאָֽרֶת׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּלְתִפְאָֽרֶת׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·lə·ṯip̄·’ā·reṯ
                
                
                     and splendor . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8597 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) beauty, splendour, glory <BR> 1a) beauty, finery (of garments, jewels) <BR> 1b) glory <BR> 1b1) of rank, renown <BR> 1b2) as attribute of God <BR> 1c) honour (or nation Israel) <BR> 1d) glorying, boasting (of individual) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·lə·ṯip̄·’ā·reṯ
         and splendor . 
    
 
        
            וְעָשִׂ֥יתָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעָשִׂ֥יתָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘ā·śî·ṯā
                
                
                     Make 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘ā·śî·ṯā
         Make 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            You are to instruct all the skilled craftsmen, whom I have filled with a spirit of wisdom, to make garments for Aaron’s consecration, so that he may serve Me as priest.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְאַתָּ֗ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאַתָּ֗ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’at·tāh
                
                
                     You 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Pronoun - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        859 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) you (second pers. sing. masc.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’at·tāh
         You 
    
 
        
            תְּדַבֵּר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְּדַבֵּר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tə·ḏab·bêr
                
                
                     are to instruct 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1696 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to speak, declare, converse, command, promise, warn, threaten, sing <BR> 1a) (Qal) to speak <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to speak with one another, talk <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to speak <BR> 1c2) to promise <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be spoken <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to speak <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to lead away, put to flight 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tə·ḏab·bêr
         are to instruct 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         all 
    
 
        
            חַכְמֵי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַכְמֵי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥaḵ·mê-
                
                
                     the skilled craftsmen 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2450 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wise, wise (man) <BR> 1a) skilful (in technical work) <BR> 1b) wise (in administration)<BR> 1c) shrewd, crafty, cunning, wily, subtle <BR> 1d) learned, shrewd (class of men) <BR> 1e) prudent <BR> 1f) wise (ethically and religiously) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥaḵ·mê-
         the skilled craftsmen 
    
 
        
            לֵ֔ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵ֔ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lêḇ
                
                
                     . . . , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3820 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) inner man, mind, will, heart, understanding <BR> 1a) inner part, midst <BR> 1a1) midst (of things) <BR> 1a2) heart (of man) <BR> 1a3) soul, heart (of man) <BR> 1a4) mind, knowledge, thinking, reflection, memory <BR> 1a5) inclination, resolution, determination (of will) <BR> 1a6) conscience <BR> 1a7) heart (of moral character) <BR> 1a8) as seat of appetites <BR> 1a9) as seat of emotions and passions 1a10) as seat of courage 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lêḇ
         . . . , 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     whom 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         whom 
    
 
        
            מִלֵּאתִ֖יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִלֵּאתִ֖יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mil·lê·ṯîw
                
                
                     I have filled 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Perfect - first person common singular | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4390 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fill, be full <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be full <BR> 1a1a) fulness, abundance (participle) <BR> 1a1b) to be full, be accomplished, be ended <BR> 1a2) to consecrate, fill the hand <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be filled, be armed, be satisfied <BR> 1b2) to be accomplished, be ended <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to fill <BR> 1c2) to satisfy <BR> 1c3) to fulfil, accomplish, complete <BR> 1c4) to confirm <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be filled <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to mass themselves against 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mil·lê·ṯîw
         I have filled 
    
 
        
            ר֣וּחַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ר֣וּחַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rū·aḥ
                
                
                     with a spirit 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7307 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wind, breath, mind, spirit <BR> 1a) breath<BR> 1b) wind <BR> 1b1) of heaven <BR> 1b2) quarter (of wind), side <BR> 1b3) breath of air <BR> 1b4) air, gas <BR> 1b5) vain, empty thing <BR> 1c) spirit (as that which breathes quickly in animation or agitation) <BR> 1c1) spirit, animation, vivacity, vigour <BR> 1c2) courage <BR> 1c3) temper, anger <BR> 1c4) impatience, patience <BR> 1c5) spirit, disposition (as troubled, bitter, discontented) <BR> 1c6) disposition (of various kinds), unaccountable or uncontrollable impulse <BR> 1c7) prophetic spirit <BR> 1d) spirit (of the living, breathing being in man and animals) <BR> 1d1) as gift, preserved by God, God's spirit, departing at death, disembodied being <BR> 1e) spirit (as seat of emotion) <BR> 1e1) desire <BR> 1e2) sorrow, trouble <BR> 1f) spirit <BR> 1f1) as seat or organ of mental acts <BR> 1f2) rarely of the will <BR> 1f3) as seat especially of moral character <BR> 1g) Spirit of God, the third person of the triune God, the Holy Spirit, coequal, coeternal with the Father and the Son <BR> 1g1) as inspiring ecstatic state of prophecy <BR> 1g2) as impelling prophet to utter instruction or warning <BR> 1g3) imparting warlike energy and executive and administrative power <BR> 1g4) as endowing men with various gifts <BR> 1g5) as energy of life <BR> 1g6) as manifest in the Shekinah glory <BR> 1g7) never referred to as a depersonalised force 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rū·aḥ
         with a spirit 
    
 
        
            חָכְמָ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חָכְמָ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥāḵ·māh
                
                
                     of wisdom , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2451 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wisdom <BR> 1a) skill (in war) <BR> 1b) wisdom (in administration) <BR> 1c) shrewdness, wisdom <BR> 1d) wisdom, prudence (in religious affairs) <BR> 1e) wisdom (ethical and religious) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥāḵ·māh
         of wisdom , 
    
 
        
            וְעָשׂ֞וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעָשׂ֞וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘ā·śū
                
                
                     to make 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘ā·śū
         to make 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            בִּגְדֵ֧י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּגְדֵ֧י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    biḡ·ḏê
                
                
                     garments 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        899 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) treachery, deceit <BR> 2) (CLBL) garment, clothing (used indiscriminately) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        biḡ·ḏê
         garments 
    
 
        
            אַהֲרֹ֛ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַהֲרֹ֛ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’a·hă·rōn
                
                
                     for Aaron’s 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        175 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Aaron = |light bringer|<BR> 1) brother of Moses, a Levite and the first high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’a·hă·rōn
         for Aaron’s 
    
 
        
            לְקַדְּשׁ֖וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְקַדְּשׁ֖וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·qad·də·šōw
                
                
                     consecration , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Piel - Infinitive construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6942 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to consecrate, sanctify, prepare, dedicate, be hallowed, be holy, be sanctified, be separate <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be set apart, be consecrated <BR> 1a2) to be hallowed <BR> 1a3) consecrated, tabooed <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to show oneself sacred or majestic <BR> 1b2) to be honoured, be treated as sacred <BR> 1b3) to be holy <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to set apart as sacred, consecrate, dedicate <BR> 1c2) to observe as holy, keep sacred <BR> 1c3) to honour as sacred, hallow <BR> 1c4) to consecrate <BR> 1d) (Pual) <BR> 1d1) to be consecrated <BR> 1d2) consecrated, dedicated <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) <BR> 1e1) to set apart, devote, consecrate <BR> 1e2) to regard or treat as sacred or hallow <BR> 1e3) to consecrate <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) <BR> 1f1) to keep oneself apart or separate <BR> 1f2) to cause Himself to be hallowed (of God) <BR> 1f3) to be observed as holy <BR> 1f4) to consecrate oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·qad·də·šōw
         consecration , 
    
 
        
            לְכַהֲנוֹ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְכַהֲנוֹ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḵa·hă·nōw-
                
                
                     so that he may serve Me as priest 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Piel - Infinitive construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3547 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to act as a priest, minister in a priest's office <BR> 1a) (Piel) <BR> 1a1) to minister as a priest, serve as a priest <BR> 1a2) to be or become a priest <BR> 1a3) to play the priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḵa·hă·nōw-
         so that he may serve Me as priest 
    
 
        
            לִֽי׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִֽי׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lî
                
                
                     . . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lî
         . . . . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            These are the garments that they shall make: a breastpiece, an ephod, a robe, a woven tunic, a turban, and a sash. They are to make these holy garments for your brother Aaron and his sons, so that they may serve Me as priests.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְאֵ֨לֶּה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֵ֨לֶּה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’êl·leh
                
                
                     These 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Pronoun - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) these <BR> 1a) used before antecedent <BR> 1b) used following antecedent 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’êl·leh
         These 
    
 
        
            הַבְּגָדִ֜ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַבְּגָדִ֜ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hab·bə·ḡā·ḏîm
                
                
                     are the garments 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        899 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) treachery, deceit <BR> 2) (CLBL) garment, clothing (used indiscriminately) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hab·bə·ḡā·ḏîm
         are the garments 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         that 
    
 
        
            יַעֲשׂ֗וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יַעֲשׂ֗וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ya·‘ă·śū
                
                
                     they shall make : 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ya·‘ă·śū
         they shall make : 
    
 
        
            חֹ֤שֶׁן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֹ֤שֶׁן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥō·šen
                
                
                     a breastpiece , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2833 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) breastplate, breastpiece <BR> 1a) sacred pouch of the high priest designed to hold the Urim and Thummim 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥō·šen
         a breastpiece , 
    
 
        
            וְאֵפוֹד֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֵפוֹד֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ê·p̄ō·wḏ
                
                
                     an ephod , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        646 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ephod <BR> 1a) priestly garment, shoulder-cape or mantle, outer garment <BR> 1a1) worn by an ordinary priest and made of white stuff <BR> 1a2) worn by the high priest-more costly, woven of gold, blue, purple, scarlet, and linen threads provided with shoulder-pieces and a breast piece of like material, ornamented with gems and gold 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ê·p̄ō·wḏ
         an ephod , 
    
 
        
            וּמְעִ֔יל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמְעִ֔יל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mə·‘îl
                
                
                     a robe , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4598 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) robe <BR> 1a) a garment worn over a tunic by men of rank <BR> 1b) a long garment worn by David's daughters <BR> 1c) a garment of the high priest <BR> 1d) (fig.) of attributes 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mə·‘îl
         a robe , 
    
 
        
            תַּשְׁבֵּ֖ץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַּשְׁבֵּ֖ץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    taš·bêṣ
                
                
                     a woven 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8665 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) woven work, checkered material, chequered or plaited work 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        taš·bêṣ
         a woven 
    
 
        
            וּכְתֹ֥נֶת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּכְתֹ֥נֶת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḵə·ṯō·neṯ
                
                
                     tunic , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3801 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) tunic, under-garment<BR> 1a) a long shirt-like garment usually of linen 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḵə·ṯō·neṯ
         tunic , 
    
 
        
            מִצְנֶ֣פֶת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצְנֶ֣פֶת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·ne·p̄eṯ
                
                
                     a turban , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4701 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) turban (of the high priest) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·ne·p̄eṯ
         a turban , 
    
 
        
            וְאַבְנֵ֑ט 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאַבְנֵ֑ט 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’aḇ·nêṭ
                
                
                     and a sash . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        73 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) girdle, sash, waistband <BR> 1a) of high priest <BR> 1b) of other priests <BR> 1c) of high official 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’aḇ·nêṭ
         and a sash . 
    
 
        
            וְעָשׂ֨וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעָשׂ֨וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘ā·śū
                
                
                     They are to make 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘ā·śū
         They are to make 
    
 
        
            קֹ֜דֶשׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֹ֜דֶשׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qō·ḏeš
                
                
                     [these] holy 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6944 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) apartness, holiness, sacredness, separateness <BR> 1a) apartness, sacredness, holiness <BR> 1a1) of God <BR> 1a2) of places <BR> 1a3) of things <BR> 1b) set-apartness, separateness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qō·ḏeš
         [these] holy 
    
 
        
            בִגְדֵי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִגְדֵי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇiḡ·ḏê-
                
                
                     garments 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        899 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) treachery, deceit <BR> 2) (CLBL) garment, clothing (used indiscriminately) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇiḡ·ḏê-
         garments 
    
 
        
            אָחִ֛יךָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָחִ֛יךָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·ḥî·ḵā
                
                
                     for your brother 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        251 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) brother <BR> 1a) brother of same parents <BR> 1b) half-brother (same father)<BR> 1c) relative, kinship, same tribe <BR> 1d) each to the other (reciprocal relationship) <BR> 1e) (fig.) of resemblance 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·ḥî·ḵā
         for your brother 
    
 
        
            לְאַהֲרֹ֥ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְאַהֲרֹ֥ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·’a·hă·rōn
                
                
                     Aaron 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        175 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Aaron = |light bringer|<BR> 1) brother of Moses, a Levite and the first high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·’a·hă·rōn
         Aaron 
    
 
        
            וּלְבָנָ֖יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּלְבָנָ֖יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·lə·ḇā·nāw
                
                
                     and his sons , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·lə·ḇā·nāw
         and his sons , 
    
 
        
            לְכַהֲנוֹ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְכַהֲנוֹ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḵa·hă·nōw-
                
                
                     so that they may serve Me as priests 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Piel - Infinitive construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3547 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to act as a priest, minister in a priest's office <BR> 1a) (Piel) <BR> 1a1) to minister as a priest, serve as a priest <BR> 1a2) to be or become a priest <BR> 1a3) to play the priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḵa·hă·nōw-
         so that they may serve Me as priests 
    
 
        
            לִֽי׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִֽי׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lî
                
                
                     . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lî
         . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            They shall use gold, along with blue, purple, and scarlet yarn, and fine linen.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְהֵם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהֵם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hêm
                
                
                     They 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Pronoun - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1992 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) they, these, the same, who 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hêm
         They 
    
 
        
            יִקְח֣וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִקְח֣וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiq·ḥū
                
                
                     shall use 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3947 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to take, get, fetch, lay hold of, seize, receive, acquire, buy, bring, marry, take a wife, snatch, take away <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to take, take in the hand <BR> 1a2) to take and carry along <BR> 1a3) to take from, take out of, take, carry away, take away <BR> 1a4) to take to or for a person, procure, get, take possession of, select, choose, take in marriage, receive, accept <BR> 1a5) to take up or upon, put upon <BR> 1a6) to fetch <BR> 1a7) to take, lead, conduct <BR> 1a8) to take, capture, seize <BR> 1a9) to take, carry off 1a10) to take (vengeance) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be captured <BR> 1b2) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1b3) to be taken, brought unto <BR> 1c) (Pual) <BR> 1c1) to be taken from or out of <BR> 1c2) to be stolen from <BR> 1c3) to be taken captive <BR> 1c4) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be taken unto, be brought unto <BR> 1d2) to be taken out of <BR> 1d3) to be taken away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) <BR> 1e1) to take hold of oneself <BR> 1e2) to flash about (of lightning) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiq·ḥū
         shall use 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הַזָּהָ֔ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַזָּהָ֔ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haz·zā·hāḇ
                
                
                     gold , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2091 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gold <BR> 1a) as precious metal <BR> 1b) as a measure of weight <BR> 1c) of brilliance, splendour (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haz·zā·hāḇ
         gold , 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     along with 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         along with 
    
 
        
            הַתְּכֵ֖לֶת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַתְּכֵ֖לֶת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hat·tə·ḵê·leṯ
                
                
                     blue , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8504 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) violet, violet stuff <BR> 1a) violet thread <BR> 1b) violet stuff or fabric <BR> 2) (TWOT) blue (covering spectrum from brilliant red through deep purple) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hat·tə·ḵê·leṯ
         blue , 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הָֽאַרְגָּמָ֑ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָֽאַרְגָּמָ֑ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ar·gā·mān
                
                
                     purple , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        713 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) purple, red-purple 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ar·gā·mān
         purple , 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            תּוֹלַ֥עַת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תּוֹלַ֥עַת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tō·w·la·‘aṯ
                
                
                     and scarlet yarn 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8438 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) worm, scarlet stuff, crimson <BR> 1a) worm-the female 'coccus ilicis' <BR> 1b) scarlet stuff, crimson, scarlet <BR> 1b1) the dye made from the dried body of the female of the worm |coccus ilicis| <BR> 2) worm, maggot <BR> 2a) worm, grub <BR> 2b) the worm |coccus ilicis| <BR> ++++<BR> When the female of the scarlet worm species was ready to give birth to her young, she would attach her body to the trunk of a tree, fixing herself so firmly and permanently that she would never leave again. The eggs deposited beneath her body were thus protected until the larvae were hatched and able to enter their own life cycle. As the mother died, the crimson fluid stained her body and the surrounding wood. From the dead bodies of such female scarlet worms, the commercial scarlet dyes of antiquity were extracted. What a picture this gives of Christ, dying on the tree, shedding His precious blood that He might |bring many sons unto glory| (Heb 2:10)! He died for us, that we might live through him! Ps 22:6 describes such a worm and gives us this picture of Christ. (cf. Isa 1:18) (from page 73, |Biblical Basis for Modern Science|, 1985, Baker Book House, by Henry Morris) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tō·w·la·‘aṯ
         and scarlet yarn 
    
 
        
            הַשָּׁנִ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַשָּׁנִ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haš·šā·nî
                
                
                     . . . , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8144 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) scarlet, crimson <BR> 1a) properly, the insect 'coccus ilicis', the dried body of the female yielding colouring matter from which is made the dye used for cloth to colour it scarlet or crimson 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haš·šā·nî
         . . . , 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הַשֵּֽׁשׁ׃פ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַשֵּֽׁשׁ׃פ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haš·šêš
                
                
                     and fine linen . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8336 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) something bleached white, byssus, linen, fine linen <BR> 2) alabaster, similar stone, marble 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haš·šêš
         and fine linen . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            They are to make the ephod of finely spun linen embroidered with gold, and with blue, purple, and scarlet yarn.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְעָשׂ֖וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעָשׂ֖וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘ā·śū
                
                
                     They are to make 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘ā·śū
         They are to make 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הָאֵפֹ֑ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאֵפֹ֑ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ê·p̄ōḏ
                
                
                     the ephod 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        646 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ephod <BR> 1a) priestly garment, shoulder-cape or mantle, outer garment <BR> 1a1) worn by an ordinary priest and made of white stuff <BR> 1a2) worn by the high priest-more costly, woven of gold, blue, purple, scarlet, and linen threads provided with shoulder-pieces and a breast piece of like material, ornamented with gems and gold 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ê·p̄ōḏ
         the ephod 
    
 
        
            מָשְׁזָ֖ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מָשְׁזָ֖ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mā·šə·zār
                
                
                     of finely spun 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hofal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7806 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to twist, be twisted <BR> 1a) (Hophal) <BR> 1a1) to be twisted <BR> 1a2) twisted (participle) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mā·šə·zār
         of finely spun 
    
 
        
            וְשֵׁ֥שׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְשֵׁ֥שׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·šêš
                
                
                     linen 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8336 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) something bleached white, byssus, linen, fine linen <BR> 2) alabaster, similar stone, marble 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·šêš
         linen 
    
 
        
            מַעֲשֵׂ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַעֲשֵׂ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ma·‘ă·śêh
                
                
                     embroidered 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4639 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) deed, work <BR> 1a) deed, thing done, act <BR> 1b) work, labour <BR> 1c) business, pursuit <BR> 1d) undertaking, enterprise <BR> 1e) achievement <BR> 1f) deeds, works (of deliverance and judgment) <BR> 1g) work, thing made <BR> 1h) work (of God) <BR> 1i) product 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ma·‘ă·śêh
         embroidered 
    
 
        
            חֹשֵֽׁב׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֹשֵֽׁב׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥō·šêḇ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2803 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to think, plan, esteem, calculate, invent, make a judgment, imagine, count <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to think, account <BR> 1a2) to plan, devise, mean <BR> 1a3) to charge, impute, reckon <BR> 1a4) to esteem, value, regard <BR> 1a5) to invent <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be accounted, be thought, be esteemed <BR> 1b2) to be computed, be reckoned <BR> 1b3) to be imputed <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to think upon, consider, be mindful of <BR> 1c2) to think to do, devise, plan <BR> 1c3) to count, reckon <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) to be considered 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥō·šêḇ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            זָ֠הָב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זָ֠הָב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zā·hāḇ
                
                
                     with gold , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2091 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gold <BR> 1a) as precious metal <BR> 1b) as a measure of weight <BR> 1c) of brilliance, splendour (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zā·hāḇ
         with gold , 
    
 
        
            תְּכֵ֨לֶת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְּכֵ֨לֶת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tə·ḵê·leṯ
                
                
                     and with blue , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8504 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) violet, violet stuff <BR> 1a) violet thread <BR> 1b) violet stuff or fabric <BR> 2) (TWOT) blue (covering spectrum from brilliant red through deep purple) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tə·ḵê·leṯ
         and with blue , 
    
 
        
            וְאַרְגָּמָ֜ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאַרְגָּמָ֜ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ar·gā·mān
                
                
                     purple , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        713 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) purple, red-purple 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ar·gā·mān
         purple , 
    
 
        
            תּוֹלַ֧עַת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תּוֹלַ֧עַת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tō·w·la·‘aṯ
                
                
                     and scarlet yarn 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8438 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) worm, scarlet stuff, crimson <BR> 1a) worm-the female 'coccus ilicis' <BR> 1b) scarlet stuff, crimson, scarlet <BR> 1b1) the dye made from the dried body of the female of the worm |coccus ilicis| <BR> 2) worm, maggot <BR> 2a) worm, grub <BR> 2b) the worm |coccus ilicis| <BR> ++++<BR> When the female of the scarlet worm species was ready to give birth to her young, she would attach her body to the trunk of a tree, fixing herself so firmly and permanently that she would never leave again. The eggs deposited beneath her body were thus protected until the larvae were hatched and able to enter their own life cycle. As the mother died, the crimson fluid stained her body and the surrounding wood. From the dead bodies of such female scarlet worms, the commercial scarlet dyes of antiquity were extracted. What a picture this gives of Christ, dying on the tree, shedding His precious blood that He might |bring many sons unto glory| (Heb 2:10)! He died for us, that we might live through him! Ps 22:6 describes such a worm and gives us this picture of Christ. (cf. Isa 1:18) (from page 73, |Biblical Basis for Modern Science|, 1985, Baker Book House, by Henry Morris) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tō·w·la·‘aṯ
         and scarlet yarn 
    
 
        
            שָׁנִ֛י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁנִ֛י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šā·nî
                
                
                     . . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8144 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) scarlet, crimson <BR> 1a) properly, the insect 'coccus ilicis', the dried body of the female yielding colouring matter from which is made the dye used for cloth to colour it scarlet or crimson 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šā·nî
         . . . . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            It shall have two shoulder pieces attached at two of its corners, so it can be fastened.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            יִֽהְיֶה־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִֽהְיֶה־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yih·yeh-
                
                
                     It shall have 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yih·yeh-
         It shall have 
    
 
        
            לּ֛וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לּ֛וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lōw
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lōw
         
    
 
        
            שְׁתֵּ֧י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁתֵּ֧י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·tê
                
                
                     two 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine dual construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8147 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) two <BR> 1a) two (the cardinal number) <BR> 1a1) two, both, double, twice <BR> 1b) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers <BR> 1d) both (a dual number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·tê
         two 
    
 
        
            כְתֵפֹ֣ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְתֵפֹ֣ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵə·ṯê·p̄ōṯ
                
                
                     shoulder pieces 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3802 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) shoulder, shoulder-blade, side, slope <BR> 1a) shoulder, shoulder-blade (of man) <BR> 1b) shoulder, shoulder-pieces (of animals) <BR> 1c) side, slope (of mountain) <BR> 1d) supports (of laver) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵə·ṯê·p̄ōṯ
         shoulder pieces 
    
 
        
            חֹֽבְרֹ֗ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֹֽבְרֹ֗ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥō·ḇə·rōṯ
                
                
                     attached 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2266 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to unite, join, bind together, be joined, be coupled, be in league, heap up, have fellowship with, be compact, be a charmer <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to unite, be joined <BR> 1a2) to tie magic charms, charm <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to unite with, make an ally of <BR> 1b2) to unite, join, ally <BR> 1c) (Pual) <BR> 1c1) to be allied with, be united <BR> 1c2) to be joined together <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to join together, pile up (words) <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to join oneself to, make an alliance, league together 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥō·ḇə·rōṯ
         attached 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     at 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         at 
    
 
        
            שְׁנֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁנֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·nê
                
                
                     two 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine dual construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8147 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) two <BR> 1a) two (the cardinal number) <BR> 1a1) two, both, double, twice <BR> 1b) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers <BR> 1d) both (a dual number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·nê
         two 
    
 
        
            קְצוֹתָ֖יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קְצוֹתָ֖יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qə·ṣō·w·ṯāw
                
                
                     of its corners , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7098 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) end, extremity <BR> 1a) end <BR> 1b) from the whole of, from among (of what is included between extremities) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qə·ṣō·w·ṯāw
         of its corners , 
    
 
        
            וְחֻבָּֽר׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְחֻבָּֽר׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḥub·bār
                
                
                     so it can be fastened . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Pual - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2266 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to unite, join, bind together, be joined, be coupled, be in league, heap up, have fellowship with, be compact, be a charmer <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to unite, be joined <BR> 1a2) to tie magic charms, charm <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to unite with, make an ally of <BR> 1b2) to unite, join, ally <BR> 1c) (Pual) <BR> 1c1) to be allied with, be united <BR> 1c2) to be joined together <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to join together, pile up (words) <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to join oneself to, make an alliance, league together 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḥub·bār
         so it can be fastened . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And the skillfully woven waistband of the ephod must be of one piece, of the same workmanship—with gold, with blue, purple, and scarlet yarn, and with finely spun linen.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְחֵ֤שֶׁב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְחֵ֤שֶׁב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḥê·šeḇ
                
                
                     And the skillfully woven waistband 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2805 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) girdle, band, ingenious work <BR> 1a) ingenious work-the name of the girdle or band of the ephod 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḥê·šeḇ
         And the skillfully woven waistband 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         - 
    
 
        
            עָלָ֔יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָלָ֔יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·lāw
                
                
                     of 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·lāw
         of 
    
 
        
            אֲפֻדָּתוֹ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲפֻדָּתוֹ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·p̄ud·dā·ṯōw
                
                
                     the ephod 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        642 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ephod <BR> 1a) priestly garment, shoulder-cape or mantle, outer garment <BR> 1a1) worn by an ordinary priest and made of white stuff <BR> 1a2) worn by the high priest-more costly, woven of gold, blue, purple, scarlet, and linen threads provided with shoulder-pieces and a breast piece of like material, ornamented with gems and gold <BR> 1b) a metallic covering for idols, a plating over 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·p̄ud·dā·ṯōw
         the ephod 
    
 
        
            יִהְיֶ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִהְיֶ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yih·yeh
                
                
                     must be 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yih·yeh
         must be 
    
 
        
            מִמֶּ֣נּוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִמֶּ֣נּוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mim·men·nū
                
                
                     of one piece , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4480 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) from, out of, on account of, off, on the side of, since, above, than, so that not, more than <BR> 1a) from (expressing separation), off, on the side of <BR> 1b) out of <BR> 1b1) (with verbs of proceeding, removing, expelling) <BR> 1b2) (of material from which something is made) <BR> 1b3) (of source or origin) <BR> 1c) out of, some of, from (partitively) <BR> 1d) from, since, after (of time) <BR> 1e) than, more than (in comparison) <BR> 1f) from...even to, both...and, either...or <BR> 1g) than, more than, too much for (in comparisons) <BR> 1h) from, on account of, through, because (with infinitive) <BR> conj <BR> 2) that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mim·men·nū
         of one piece , 
    
 
        
            כְּמַעֲשֵׂ֖הוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּמַעֲשֵׂ֖הוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·ma·‘ă·śê·hū
                
                
                     of the same workmanship — 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-k | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4639 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) deed, work <BR> 1a) deed, thing done, act <BR> 1b) work, labour <BR> 1c) business, pursuit <BR> 1d) undertaking, enterprise <BR> 1e) achievement <BR> 1f) deeds, works (of deliverance and judgment) <BR> 1g) work, thing made <BR> 1h) work (of God) <BR> 1i) product 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·ma·‘ă·śê·hū
         of the same workmanship — 
    
 
        
            זָהָ֗ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זָהָ֗ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zā·hāḇ
                
                
                     with gold , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2091 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gold <BR> 1a) as precious metal <BR> 1b) as a measure of weight <BR> 1c) of brilliance, splendour (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zā·hāḇ
         with gold , 
    
 
        
            תְּכֵ֧לֶת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְּכֵ֧לֶת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tə·ḵê·leṯ
                
                
                     with blue , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8504 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) violet, violet stuff <BR> 1a) violet thread <BR> 1b) violet stuff or fabric <BR> 2) (TWOT) blue (covering spectrum from brilliant red through deep purple) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tə·ḵê·leṯ
         with blue , 
    
 
        
            וְאַרְגָּמָ֛ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאַרְגָּמָ֛ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ar·gā·mān
                
                
                     purple , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        713 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) purple, red-purple 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ar·gā·mān
         purple , 
    
 
        
            וְתוֹלַ֥עַת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְתוֹלַ֥עַת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ṯō·w·la·‘aṯ
                
                
                     and scarlet yarn 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8438 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) worm, scarlet stuff, crimson <BR> 1a) worm-the female 'coccus ilicis' <BR> 1b) scarlet stuff, crimson, scarlet <BR> 1b1) the dye made from the dried body of the female of the worm |coccus ilicis| <BR> 2) worm, maggot <BR> 2a) worm, grub <BR> 2b) the worm |coccus ilicis| <BR> ++++<BR> When the female of the scarlet worm species was ready to give birth to her young, she would attach her body to the trunk of a tree, fixing herself so firmly and permanently that she would never leave again. The eggs deposited beneath her body were thus protected until the larvae were hatched and able to enter their own life cycle. As the mother died, the crimson fluid stained her body and the surrounding wood. From the dead bodies of such female scarlet worms, the commercial scarlet dyes of antiquity were extracted. What a picture this gives of Christ, dying on the tree, shedding His precious blood that He might |bring many sons unto glory| (Heb 2:10)! He died for us, that we might live through him! Ps 22:6 describes such a worm and gives us this picture of Christ. (cf. Isa 1:18) (from page 73, |Biblical Basis for Modern Science|, 1985, Baker Book House, by Henry Morris) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ṯō·w·la·‘aṯ
         and scarlet yarn 
    
 
        
            שָׁנִ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁנִ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šā·nî
                
                
                     . . . , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8144 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) scarlet, crimson <BR> 1a) properly, the insect 'coccus ilicis', the dried body of the female yielding colouring matter from which is made the dye used for cloth to colour it scarlet or crimson 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šā·nî
         . . . , 
    
 
        
            מָשְׁזָֽר׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מָשְׁזָֽר׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mā·šə·zār
                
                
                     and with finely spun 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hofal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7806 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to twist, be twisted <BR> 1a) (Hophal) <BR> 1a1) to be twisted <BR> 1a2) twisted (participle) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mā·šə·zār
         and with finely spun 
    
 
        
            וְשֵׁ֥שׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְשֵׁ֥שׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·šêš
                
                
                     linen . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8336 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) something bleached white, byssus, linen, fine linen <BR> 2) alabaster, similar stone, marble 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·šêš
         linen . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Take two onyx stones and engrave on them the names of the sons of Israel:
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְלָ֣קַחְתָּ֔ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלָ֣קַחְתָּ֔ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lā·qaḥ·tā
                
                
                     Take 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3947 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to take, get, fetch, lay hold of, seize, receive, acquire, buy, bring, marry, take a wife, snatch, take away <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to take, take in the hand <BR> 1a2) to take and carry along <BR> 1a3) to take from, take out of, take, carry away, take away <BR> 1a4) to take to or for a person, procure, get, take possession of, select, choose, take in marriage, receive, accept <BR> 1a5) to take up or upon, put upon <BR> 1a6) to fetch <BR> 1a7) to take, lead, conduct <BR> 1a8) to take, capture, seize <BR> 1a9) to take, carry off 1a10) to take (vengeance) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be captured <BR> 1b2) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1b3) to be taken, brought unto <BR> 1c) (Pual) <BR> 1c1) to be taken from or out of <BR> 1c2) to be stolen from <BR> 1c3) to be taken captive <BR> 1c4) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be taken unto, be brought unto <BR> 1d2) to be taken out of <BR> 1d3) to be taken away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) <BR> 1e1) to take hold of oneself <BR> 1e2) to flash about (of lightning) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lā·qaḥ·tā
         Take 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            שְׁתֵּ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁתֵּ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·tê
                
                
                     two 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine dual construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8147 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) two <BR> 1a) two (the cardinal number) <BR> 1a1) two, both, double, twice <BR> 1b) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers <BR> 1d) both (a dual number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·tê
         two 
    
 
        
            שֹׁ֑הַם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שֹׁ֑הַם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šō·ham
                
                
                     onyx 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7718 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a precious stone or gem <BR> 1a) probably onyx, chrysoprasus, beryl, malachite 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šō·ham
         onyx 
    
 
        
            אַבְנֵי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַבְנֵי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’aḇ·nê-
                
                
                     stones 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        68 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) stone (large or small) <BR> 1a) common stone (in natural state) <BR> 1b) stone, as material <BR> 1b1) of tablets <BR> 1b2) marble, hewn stones <BR> 1c) precious stones, stones of fire <BR> 1d) stones containing metal (ore), tool for work or weapon <BR> 1e) weight <BR> 1f) plummet (stones of destruction) also made of metal <BR> 1g) stonelike objects, eg hailstones, stony heart, ice <BR> 1h) sacred object, as memorial Samuel set up to mark where God helped Israel to defeat the Philistines <BR> 1i) (simile) <BR> 1i1) sinking in water, motionlessness <BR> 1i2) strength, firmness, solidity <BR> 1i3) commonness <BR> 1j) (metaph) <BR> 1j1) petrified with terror <BR> 1j2) perverse, hard heart 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’aḇ·nê-
         stones 
    
 
        
            וּפִתַּחְתָּ֣ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּפִתַּחְתָּ֣ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·p̄it·taḥ·tā
                
                
                     and engrave 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to open <BR> 1a) (Qal) to open <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be opened, be let loose, be thrown open <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to free <BR> 1c2) to loosen <BR> 1c3) to open, open oneself <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) to loose oneself <BR> 2) to carve, engrave <BR> 2a) (Piel) to engrave <BR> 2b) (Pual) to be engraved 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·p̄it·taḥ·tā
         and engrave 
    
 
        
            עֲלֵיהֶ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲלֵיהֶ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·lê·hem
                
                
                     on them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·lê·hem
         on them 
    
 
        
            שְׁמ֖וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁמ֖וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·mō·wṯ
                
                
                     the names 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8034 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) name <BR> 1a) name <BR> 1b) reputation, fame, glory <BR> 1c) the Name (as designation of God) <BR> 1d) memorial, monument 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·mō·wṯ
         the names 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê
                
                
                     of the sons 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê
         of the sons 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     of Israel : 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         of Israel : 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            six of their names on one stone and the remaining six on the other, in the order of their birth.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            שִׁשָּׁה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שִׁשָּׁה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šiš·šāh
                
                
                     six 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8337 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) six <BR> 1a) six (cardinal number) <BR> 1b) sixth (ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šiš·šāh
         six 
    
 
        
            מִשְּׁמֹתָ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִשְּׁמֹתָ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miš·šə·mō·ṯām
                
                
                     of their names 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8034 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) name <BR> 1a) name <BR> 1b) reputation, fame, glory <BR> 1c) the Name (as designation of God) <BR> 1d) memorial, monument 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miš·šə·mō·ṯām
         of their names 
    
 
        
            עַ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al
                
                
                     on 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al
         on 
    
 
        
            הָאֶחָ֑ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאֶחָ֑ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’e·ḥāṯ
                
                
                     one 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Number - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        259 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one (number) <BR> 1a) one (number) <BR> 1b) each, every <BR> 1c) a certain <BR> 1d) an (indefinite article) <BR> 1e) only, once, once for all <BR> 1f) one...another, the one...the other, one after another, one by one <BR> 1g) first <BR> 1h) eleven (in combination), eleventh (ordinal) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’e·ḥāṯ
         one 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הָאֶ֣בֶן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאֶ֣בֶן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’e·ḇen
                
                
                     stone 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        68 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) stone (large or small) <BR> 1a) common stone (in natural state) <BR> 1b) stone, as material <BR> 1b1) of tablets <BR> 1b2) marble, hewn stones <BR> 1c) precious stones, stones of fire <BR> 1d) stones containing metal (ore), tool for work or weapon <BR> 1e) weight <BR> 1f) plummet (stones of destruction) also made of metal <BR> 1g) stonelike objects, eg hailstones, stony heart, ice <BR> 1h) sacred object, as memorial Samuel set up to mark where God helped Israel to defeat the Philistines <BR> 1i) (simile) <BR> 1i1) sinking in water, motionlessness <BR> 1i2) strength, firmness, solidity <BR> 1i3) commonness <BR> 1j) (metaph) <BR> 1j1) petrified with terror <BR> 1j2) perverse, hard heart 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’e·ḇen
         stone 
    
 
        
            הַנּוֹתָרִ֛ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַנּוֹתָרִ֛ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    han·nō·w·ṯā·rîm
                
                
                     and the remaining 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Verb - Nifal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3498 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be left over, remain, remain over, leave <BR> 1a) (Qal) remainder (participle) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be left over, remain over, be left behind <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to leave over, leave <BR> 1c2) to save over, preserve alive <BR> 1c3) to excel, show pre-eminence <BR> 1c4) to show excess, have more than enough, have an excess 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        han·nō·w·ṯā·rîm
         and the remaining 
    
 
        
            הַשִּׁשָּׁ֧ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַשִּׁשָּׁ֧ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haš·šiš·šāh
                
                
                     six 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8337 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) six <BR> 1a) six (cardinal number) <BR> 1b) sixth (ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haš·šiš·šāh
         six 
    
 
        
            שְׁמ֞וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁמ֞וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·mō·wṯ
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8034 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) name <BR> 1a) name <BR> 1b) reputation, fame, glory <BR> 1c) the Name (as designation of God) <BR> 1d) memorial, monument 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·mō·wṯ
         - 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     on 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         on 
    
 
        
            הַשֵּׁנִ֖ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַשֵּׁנִ֖ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haš·šê·nîṯ
                
                
                     the other 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Number - ordinal feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8145 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) second <BR> 1a) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1b) again (a second time)<BR> 1c) another, other (something as distinct from something else) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haš·šê·nîṯ
         the other 
    
 
        
            הָאֶ֥בֶן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאֶ֥בֶן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’e·ḇen
                
                
                     - , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        68 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) stone (large or small) <BR> 1a) common stone (in natural state) <BR> 1b) stone, as material <BR> 1b1) of tablets <BR> 1b2) marble, hewn stones <BR> 1c) precious stones, stones of fire <BR> 1d) stones containing metal (ore), tool for work or weapon <BR> 1e) weight <BR> 1f) plummet (stones of destruction) also made of metal <BR> 1g) stonelike objects, eg hailstones, stony heart, ice <BR> 1h) sacred object, as memorial Samuel set up to mark where God helped Israel to defeat the Philistines <BR> 1i) (simile) <BR> 1i1) sinking in water, motionlessness <BR> 1i2) strength, firmness, solidity <BR> 1i3) commonness <BR> 1j) (metaph) <BR> 1j1) petrified with terror <BR> 1j2) perverse, hard heart 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’e·ḇen
         - , 
    
 
        
            כְּתוֹלְדֹתָֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּתוֹלְדֹתָֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·ṯō·wl·ḏō·ṯām
                
                
                     in the order of their birth . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-k | Noun - feminine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8435 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) descendants, results, proceedings, generations, genealogies <BR> 1a) account of men and their descendants <BR> 1a1) genealogical list of one's descendants <BR> 1a2) one's contemporaries <BR> 1a3) course of history (of creation etc) <BR> 1b) begetting or account of heaven (metaph) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·ṯō·wl·ḏō·ṯām
         in the order of their birth . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Engrave the names of the sons of Israel on the two stones the way a gem cutter engraves a seal. Then mount the stones in gold filigree settings.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            מַעֲשֵׂ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַעֲשֵׂ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ma·‘ă·śêh
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4639 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) deed, work <BR> 1a) deed, thing done, act <BR> 1b) work, labour <BR> 1c) business, pursuit <BR> 1d) undertaking, enterprise <BR> 1e) achievement <BR> 1f) deeds, works (of deliverance and judgment) <BR> 1g) work, thing made <BR> 1h) work (of God) <BR> 1i) product 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ma·‘ă·śêh
         - 
    
 
        
            תְּפַתַּח֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְּפַתַּח֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tə·p̄at·taḥ
                
                
                     Engrave 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to open <BR> 1a) (Qal) to open <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be opened, be let loose, be thrown open <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to free <BR> 1c2) to loosen <BR> 1c3) to open, open oneself <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) to loose oneself <BR> 2) to carve, engrave <BR> 2a) (Piel) to engrave <BR> 2b) (Pual) to be engraved 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tə·p̄at·taḥ
         Engrave 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         - 
    
 
        
            שְׁמֹ֖ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁמֹ֖ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·mōṯ
                
                
                     the names 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8034 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) name <BR> 1a) name <BR> 1b) reputation, fame, glory <BR> 1c) the Name (as designation of God) <BR> 1d) memorial, monument 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·mōṯ
         the names 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê
                
                
                     of the sons 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê
         of the sons 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     of Israel 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         of Israel 
    
 
        
            שְׁתֵּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁתֵּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·tê
                
                
                     on the two 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine dual construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8147 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) two <BR> 1a) two (the cardinal number) <BR> 1a1) two, both, double, twice <BR> 1b) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers <BR> 1d) both (a dual number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·tê
         on the two 
    
 
        
            הָאֲבָנִ֔ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאֲבָנִ֔ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ă·ḇā·nîm
                
                
                     stones 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        68 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) stone (large or small) <BR> 1a) common stone (in natural state) <BR> 1b) stone, as material <BR> 1b1) of tablets <BR> 1b2) marble, hewn stones <BR> 1c) precious stones, stones of fire <BR> 1d) stones containing metal (ore), tool for work or weapon <BR> 1e) weight <BR> 1f) plummet (stones of destruction) also made of metal <BR> 1g) stonelike objects, eg hailstones, stony heart, ice <BR> 1h) sacred object, as memorial Samuel set up to mark where God helped Israel to defeat the Philistines <BR> 1i) (simile) <BR> 1i1) sinking in water, motionlessness <BR> 1i2) strength, firmness, solidity <BR> 1i3) commonness <BR> 1j) (metaph) <BR> 1j1) petrified with terror <BR> 1j2) perverse, hard heart 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ă·ḇā·nîm
         stones 
    
 
        
            אֶבֶן֒ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶבֶן֒ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’e·ḇen
                
                
                     the way a gem 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        68 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) stone (large or small) <BR> 1a) common stone (in natural state) <BR> 1b) stone, as material <BR> 1b1) of tablets <BR> 1b2) marble, hewn stones <BR> 1c) precious stones, stones of fire <BR> 1d) stones containing metal (ore), tool for work or weapon <BR> 1e) weight <BR> 1f) plummet (stones of destruction) also made of metal <BR> 1g) stonelike objects, eg hailstones, stony heart, ice <BR> 1h) sacred object, as memorial Samuel set up to mark where God helped Israel to defeat the Philistines <BR> 1i) (simile) <BR> 1i1) sinking in water, motionlessness <BR> 1i2) strength, firmness, solidity <BR> 1i3) commonness <BR> 1j) (metaph) <BR> 1j1) petrified with terror <BR> 1j2) perverse, hard heart 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’e·ḇen
         the way a gem 
    
 
        
            חָרַשׁ֮ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חָרַשׁ֮ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥā·raš
                
                
                     cutter 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2796 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) craftsman, artisan, engraver, graver, artificer <BR> 1a) graver, artificer <BR> 1b) skilful to destroy (warriors) (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥā·raš
         cutter 
    
 
        
            פִּתּוּחֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פִּתּוּחֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pit·tū·ḥê
                
                
                     engraves 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6603 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) engraving, carving 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pit·tū·ḥê
         engraves 
    
 
        
            חֹתָ֗ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֹתָ֗ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥō·ṯām
                
                
                     a seal . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2368 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) seal, signet, signet-ring 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥō·ṯām
         a seal . 
    
 
        
            מֻסַבֹּ֛ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֻסַבֹּ֛ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mu·sab·bōṯ
                
                
                     Then mount 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hofal - Participle - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5437 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to turn, turn about or around or aside or back or towards, go about or around, surround, encircle, change direction <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to turn, turn about, be brought round, change <BR> 1a2) to march or walk around, go partly around, circle about, skirt, make a round, make a circuit, go about to, surround, encompass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to turn oneself, close round, turn round <BR> 1b2) to be turned over to <BR> 1c) (Piel) to turn about, change, transform <BR> 1d) (Poel) <BR> 1d1) to encompass, surround <BR> 1d2) to come about, assemble round <BR> 1d3) to march, go about <BR> 1d4) to enclose, envelop <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) <BR> 1e1) to turn, cause to turn, turn back, reverse, bring over, turn into, bring round <BR> 1e2) to cause to go around, surround, encompass <BR> 1f) (Hophal) <BR> 1f1) to be turned <BR> 1f2) to be surrounded 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mu·sab·bōṯ
         Then mount 
    
 
        
            אֹתָֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹתָֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯām
                
                
                     [the stones] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯām
         [the stones] 
    
 
        
            זָהָ֖ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זָהָ֖ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zā·hāḇ
                
                
                     in gold 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2091 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gold <BR> 1a) as precious metal <BR> 1b) as a measure of weight <BR> 1c) of brilliance, splendour (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zā·hāḇ
         in gold 
    
 
        
            מִשְׁבְּצ֥וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִשְׁבְּצ֥וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miš·bə·ṣō·wṯ
                
                
                     filigree settings 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4865 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) plaited or filigree or chequered work (of settings for gems) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miš·bə·ṣō·wṯ
         filigree settings 
    
 
        
            תַּעֲשֶׂ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַּעֲשֶׂ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ta·‘ă·śeh
                
                
                     . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ta·‘ă·śeh
         . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Fasten both stones on the shoulder pieces of the ephod as memorial stones for the sons of Israel. Aaron is to bear their names on his two shoulders as a memorial before the LORD.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְשַׂמְתָּ֞ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְשַׂמְתָּ֞ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·śam·tā
                
                
                     Fasten 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7760 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to put, place, set, appoint, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to put, set, lay, put or lay upon, lay (violent) hands on <BR> 1a2) to set, direct, direct toward <BR> 1a2a) to extend (compassion) (fig) <BR> 1a3) to set, ordain, establish, found, appoint, constitute, make, determine, fix <BR> 1a4) to set, station, put, set in place, plant, fix <BR> 1a5) to make, make for, transform into, constitute, fashion, work, bring to pass, appoint, give <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) to set or make for a sign <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be set 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·śam·tā
         Fasten 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            שְׁתֵּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁתֵּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·tê
                
                
                     both 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine dual construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8147 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) two <BR> 1a) two (the cardinal number) <BR> 1a1) two, both, double, twice <BR> 1b) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers <BR> 1d) both (a dual number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·tê
         both 
    
 
        
            הָאֲבָנִ֗ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאֲבָנִ֗ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ă·ḇā·nîm
                
                
                     stones 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        68 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) stone (large or small) <BR> 1a) common stone (in natural state) <BR> 1b) stone, as material <BR> 1b1) of tablets <BR> 1b2) marble, hewn stones <BR> 1c) precious stones, stones of fire <BR> 1d) stones containing metal (ore), tool for work or weapon <BR> 1e) weight <BR> 1f) plummet (stones of destruction) also made of metal <BR> 1g) stonelike objects, eg hailstones, stony heart, ice <BR> 1h) sacred object, as memorial Samuel set up to mark where God helped Israel to defeat the Philistines <BR> 1i) (simile) <BR> 1i1) sinking in water, motionlessness <BR> 1i2) strength, firmness, solidity <BR> 1i3) commonness <BR> 1j) (metaph) <BR> 1j1) petrified with terror <BR> 1j2) perverse, hard heart 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ă·ḇā·nîm
         stones 
    
 
        
            עַ֚ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַ֚ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al
                
                
                     on 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al
         on 
    
 
        
            כִּתְפֹ֣ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּתְפֹ֣ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kiṯ·p̄ōṯ
                
                
                     the shoulder pieces 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3802 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) shoulder, shoulder-blade, side, slope <BR> 1a) shoulder, shoulder-blade (of man) <BR> 1b) shoulder, shoulder-pieces (of animals) <BR> 1c) side, slope (of mountain) <BR> 1d) supports (of laver) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kiṯ·p̄ōṯ
         the shoulder pieces 
    
 
        
            הָֽאֵפֹ֔ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָֽאֵפֹ֔ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ê·p̄ōḏ
                
                
                     of the ephod 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        646 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ephod <BR> 1a) priestly garment, shoulder-cape or mantle, outer garment <BR> 1a1) worn by an ordinary priest and made of white stuff <BR> 1a2) worn by the high priest-more costly, woven of gold, blue, purple, scarlet, and linen threads provided with shoulder-pieces and a breast piece of like material, ornamented with gems and gold 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ê·p̄ōḏ
         of the ephod 
    
 
        
            זִכָּרֹ֖ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זִכָּרֹ֖ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zik·kā·rōn
                
                
                     as memorial 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2146 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) memorial, reminder, remembrance 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zik·kā·rōn
         as memorial 
    
 
        
            אַבְנֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַבְנֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’aḇ·nê
                
                
                     stones 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        68 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) stone (large or small) <BR> 1a) common stone (in natural state) <BR> 1b) stone, as material <BR> 1b1) of tablets <BR> 1b2) marble, hewn stones <BR> 1c) precious stones, stones of fire <BR> 1d) stones containing metal (ore), tool for work or weapon <BR> 1e) weight <BR> 1f) plummet (stones of destruction) also made of metal <BR> 1g) stonelike objects, eg hailstones, stony heart, ice <BR> 1h) sacred object, as memorial Samuel set up to mark where God helped Israel to defeat the Philistines <BR> 1i) (simile) <BR> 1i1) sinking in water, motionlessness <BR> 1i2) strength, firmness, solidity <BR> 1i3) commonness <BR> 1j) (metaph) <BR> 1j1) petrified with terror <BR> 1j2) perverse, hard heart 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’aḇ·nê
         stones 
    
 
        
            לִבְנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִבְנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    liḇ·nê
                
                
                     for the sons 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        liḇ·nê
         for the sons 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     of Israel . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         of Israel . 
    
 
        
            אַהֲרֹ֨ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַהֲרֹ֨ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’a·hă·rōn
                
                
                     Aaron 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        175 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Aaron = |light bringer|<BR> 1) brother of Moses, a Levite and the first high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’a·hă·rōn
         Aaron 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            וְנָשָׂא֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנָשָׂא֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nā·śā
                
                
                     is to bear 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5375 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to lift, bear up, carry, take <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to lift, lift up <BR> 1a2) to bear, carry, support, sustain, endure <BR> 1a3) to take, take away, carry off, forgive <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be lifted up, be exalted <BR> 1b2) to lift oneself up, rise up <BR> 1b3) to be borne, be carried <BR> 1b4) to be taken away, be carried off, be swept away <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to lift up, exalt, support, aid, assist <BR> 1c2) to desire, long (fig.) <BR> 1c3) to carry, bear continuously <BR> 1c4) to take, take away <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) to lift oneself up, exalt oneself <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) <BR> 1e1) to cause one to bear (iniquity) <BR> 1e2) to cause to bring, have brought 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nā·śā
         is to bear 
    
 
        
            שְׁמוֹתָ֜ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁמוֹתָ֜ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·mō·w·ṯām
                
                
                     their names 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8034 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) name <BR> 1a) name <BR> 1b) reputation, fame, glory <BR> 1c) the Name (as designation of God) <BR> 1d) memorial, monument 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·mō·w·ṯām
         their names 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     on 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         on 
    
 
        
            שְׁתֵּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁתֵּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·tê
                
                
                     his two 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine dual construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8147 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) two <BR> 1a) two (the cardinal number) <BR> 1a1) two, both, double, twice <BR> 1b) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers <BR> 1d) both (a dual number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·tê
         his two 
    
 
        
            כְתֵפָ֖יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְתֵפָ֖יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵə·ṯê·p̄āw
                
                
                     shoulders 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3802 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) shoulder, shoulder-blade, side, slope <BR> 1a) shoulder, shoulder-blade (of man) <BR> 1b) shoulder, shoulder-pieces (of animals) <BR> 1c) side, slope (of mountain) <BR> 1d) supports (of laver) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵə·ṯê·p̄āw
         shoulders 
    
 
        
            לְזִכָּרֹֽן׃ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְזִכָּרֹֽן׃ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·zik·kā·rōn
                
                
                     as a memorial 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2146 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) memorial, reminder, remembrance 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·zik·kā·rōn
         as a memorial 
    
 
        
            לִפְנֵ֧י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִפְנֵ֧י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lip̄·nê
                
                
                     before 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - common plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lip̄·nê
         before 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֛ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֛ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Fashion gold filigree settings
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְעָשִׂ֥יתָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעָשִׂ֥יתָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘ā·śî·ṯā
                
                
                     Fashion 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘ā·śî·ṯā
         Fashion 
    
 
        
            זָהָֽב׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זָהָֽב׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zā·hāḇ
                
                
                     gold 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2091 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gold <BR> 1a) as precious metal <BR> 1b) as a measure of weight <BR> 1c) of brilliance, splendour (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zā·hāḇ
         gold 
    
 
        
            מִשְׁבְּצֹ֖ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִשְׁבְּצֹ֖ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miš·bə·ṣōṯ
                
                
                     filigree settings 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4865 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) plaited or filigree or chequered work (of settings for gems) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miš·bə·ṣōṯ
         filigree settings 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            and two chains of pure gold, made of braided cord work; and attach these chains to the settings.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וּשְׁתֵּ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּשְׁתֵּ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·šə·tê
                
                
                     and two 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Number - feminine dual construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8147 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) two <BR> 1a) two (the cardinal number) <BR> 1a1) two, both, double, twice <BR> 1b) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers <BR> 1d) both (a dual number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·šə·tê
         and two 
    
 
        
            שַׁרְשְׁרֹת֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שַׁרְשְׁרֹת֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šar·šə·rōṯ
                
                
                     chains 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8333 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) chain 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šar·šə·rōṯ
         chains 
    
 
        
            טָה֔וֹר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
טָה֔וֹר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṭā·hō·wr
                
                
                     of pure 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2889 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) pure, clean <BR> 1a) clean (ceremonially-of animals) <BR> 1b) pure (physically) <BR> 1c) pure, clean (morally, ethically) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṭā·hō·wr
         of pure 
    
 
        
            זָהָ֣ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זָהָ֣ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zā·hāḇ
                
                
                     gold , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2091 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gold <BR> 1a) as precious metal <BR> 1b) as a measure of weight <BR> 1c) of brilliance, splendour (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zā·hāḇ
         gold , 
    
 
        
            תַּעֲשֶׂ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַּעֲשֶׂ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ta·‘ă·śeh
                
                
                     made 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ta·‘ă·śeh
         made 
    
 
        
            אֹתָ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹתָ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯām
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯām
         - 
    
 
        
            מִגְבָּלֹ֛ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִגְבָּלֹ֛ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miḡ·bā·lōṯ
                
                
                     of braided 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4020 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) twisted, cords 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miḡ·bā·lōṯ
         of braided 
    
 
        
            עֲבֹ֑ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲבֹ֑ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·ḇōṯ
                
                
                     cord 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5688 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) cord, rope, cordage, foliage, interwoven foliage <BR> 1a) cord, rope, cordage, chain <BR> 1b) interwoven foliage 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·ḇōṯ
         cord 
    
 
        
            מַעֲשֵׂ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַעֲשֵׂ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ma·‘ă·śêh
                
                
                     work ; 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4639 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) deed, work <BR> 1a) deed, thing done, act <BR> 1b) work, labour <BR> 1c) business, pursuit <BR> 1d) undertaking, enterprise <BR> 1e) achievement <BR> 1f) deeds, works (of deliverance and judgment) <BR> 1g) work, thing made <BR> 1h) work (of God) <BR> 1i) product 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ma·‘ă·śêh
         work ; 
    
 
        
            וְנָתַתָּ֛ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנָתַתָּ֛ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nā·ṯat·tāh
                
                
                     and attach 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nā·ṯat·tāh
         and attach 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הָעֲבֹתֹ֖ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָעֲבֹתֹ֖ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·‘ă·ḇō·ṯōṯ
                
                
                     [these] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5688 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) cord, rope, cordage, foliage, interwoven foliage <BR> 1a) cord, rope, cordage, chain <BR> 1b) interwoven foliage 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·‘ă·ḇō·ṯōṯ
         [these] 
    
 
        
            שַׁרְשְׁרֹ֥ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שַׁרְשְׁרֹ֥ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šar·šə·rōṯ
                
                
                     chains 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8333 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) chain 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šar·šə·rōṯ
         chains 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         to 
    
 
        
            הַֽמִּשְׁבְּצֹֽת׃ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַֽמִּשְׁבְּצֹֽת׃ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·miš·bə·ṣōṯ
                
                
                     the settings . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4865 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) plaited or filigree or chequered work (of settings for gems) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·miš·bə·ṣōṯ
         the settings . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            You are also to make a breastpiece of judgment with the same workmanship as the ephod. Construct it with gold, with blue, purple, and scarlet yarn, and with finely spun linen.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְעָשִׂ֜יתָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעָשִׂ֜יתָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘ā·śî·ṯā
                
                
                     You are also to make 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘ā·śî·ṯā
         You are also to make 
    
 
        
            חֹ֤שֶׁן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֹ֤שֶׁן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥō·šen
                
                
                     a breastpiece 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2833 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) breastplate, breastpiece <BR> 1a) sacred pouch of the high priest designed to hold the Urim and Thummim 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥō·šen
         a breastpiece 
    
 
        
            מִשְׁפָּט֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִשְׁפָּט֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miš·pāṭ
                
                
                     of judgment 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4941 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) judgment, justice, ordinance <BR> 1a) judgment <BR> 1a1) act of deciding a case <BR> 1a2) place, court, seat of judgment <BR> 1a3) process, procedure, litigation (before judges) <BR> 1a4) case, cause (presented for judgment) <BR> 1a5) sentence, decision (of judgment) <BR> 1a6) execution (of judgment) <BR> 1a7) time (of judgment) <BR> 1b) justice, right, rectitude (attributes of God or man) <BR> 1c) ordinance <BR> 1d) decision (in law) <BR> 1e) right, privilege, due (legal) <BR> 1f) proper, fitting, measure, fitness, custom, manner, plan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miš·pāṭ
         of judgment 
    
 
        
            תַּעֲשֶׂ֑נּוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַּעֲשֶׂ֑נּוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ta·‘ă·śen·nū
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine singular | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ta·‘ă·śen·nū
         - 
    
 
        
            מַעֲשֵׂ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַעֲשֵׂ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ma·‘ă·śêh
                
                
                     with the same workmanship 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4639 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) deed, work <BR> 1a) deed, thing done, act <BR> 1b) work, labour <BR> 1c) business, pursuit <BR> 1d) undertaking, enterprise <BR> 1e) achievement <BR> 1f) deeds, works (of deliverance and judgment) <BR> 1g) work, thing made <BR> 1h) work (of God) <BR> 1i) product 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ma·‘ă·śêh
         with the same workmanship 
    
 
        
            חֹשֵׁ֔ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֹשֵׁ֔ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥō·šêḇ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2803 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to think, plan, esteem, calculate, invent, make a judgment, imagine, count <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to think, account <BR> 1a2) to plan, devise, mean <BR> 1a3) to charge, impute, reckon <BR> 1a4) to esteem, value, regard <BR> 1a5) to invent <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be accounted, be thought, be esteemed <BR> 1b2) to be computed, be reckoned <BR> 1b3) to be imputed <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to think upon, consider, be mindful of <BR> 1c2) to think to do, devise, plan <BR> 1c3) to count, reckon <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) to be considered 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥō·šêḇ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            כְּמַעֲשֵׂ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּמַעֲשֵׂ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·ma·‘ă·śêh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-k | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4639 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) deed, work <BR> 1a) deed, thing done, act <BR> 1b) work, labour <BR> 1c) business, pursuit <BR> 1d) undertaking, enterprise <BR> 1e) achievement <BR> 1f) deeds, works (of deliverance and judgment) <BR> 1g) work, thing made <BR> 1h) work (of God) <BR> 1i) product 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·ma·‘ă·śêh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אֵפֹ֖ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵפֹ֖ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ê·p̄ōḏ
                
                
                     as the ephod . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        646 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ephod <BR> 1a) priestly garment, shoulder-cape or mantle, outer garment <BR> 1a1) worn by an ordinary priest and made of white stuff <BR> 1a2) worn by the high priest-more costly, woven of gold, blue, purple, scarlet, and linen threads provided with shoulder-pieces and a breast piece of like material, ornamented with gems and gold 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ê·p̄ōḏ
         as the ephod . 
    
 
        
            תַּעֲשֶׂ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַּעֲשֶׂ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ta·‘ă·śeh
                
                
                     Construct 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ta·‘ă·śeh
         Construct 
    
 
        
            אֹתֽוֹ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹתֽוֹ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯōw
                
                
                     it 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯōw
         it 
    
 
        
            זָ֠הָב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זָ֠הָב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zā·hāḇ
                
                
                     with gold , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2091 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gold <BR> 1a) as precious metal <BR> 1b) as a measure of weight <BR> 1c) of brilliance, splendour (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zā·hāḇ
         with gold , 
    
 
        
            תְּכֵ֨לֶת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְּכֵ֨לֶת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tə·ḵê·leṯ
                
                
                     with blue , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8504 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) violet, violet stuff <BR> 1a) violet thread <BR> 1b) violet stuff or fabric <BR> 2) (TWOT) blue (covering spectrum from brilliant red through deep purple) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tə·ḵê·leṯ
         with blue , 
    
 
        
            וְאַרְגָּמָ֜ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאַרְגָּמָ֜ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ar·gā·mān
                
                
                     purple , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        713 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) purple, red-purple 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ar·gā·mān
         purple , 
    
 
        
            וְתוֹלַ֧עַת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְתוֹלַ֧עַת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ṯō·w·la·‘aṯ
                
                
                     and scarlet yarn 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8438 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) worm, scarlet stuff, crimson <BR> 1a) worm-the female 'coccus ilicis' <BR> 1b) scarlet stuff, crimson, scarlet <BR> 1b1) the dye made from the dried body of the female of the worm |coccus ilicis| <BR> 2) worm, maggot <BR> 2a) worm, grub <BR> 2b) the worm |coccus ilicis| <BR> ++++<BR> When the female of the scarlet worm species was ready to give birth to her young, she would attach her body to the trunk of a tree, fixing herself so firmly and permanently that she would never leave again. The eggs deposited beneath her body were thus protected until the larvae were hatched and able to enter their own life cycle. As the mother died, the crimson fluid stained her body and the surrounding wood. From the dead bodies of such female scarlet worms, the commercial scarlet dyes of antiquity were extracted. What a picture this gives of Christ, dying on the tree, shedding His precious blood that He might |bring many sons unto glory| (Heb 2:10)! He died for us, that we might live through him! Ps 22:6 describes such a worm and gives us this picture of Christ. (cf. Isa 1:18) (from page 73, |Biblical Basis for Modern Science|, 1985, Baker Book House, by Henry Morris) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ṯō·w·la·‘aṯ
         and scarlet yarn 
    
 
        
            שָׁנִ֛י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁנִ֛י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šā·nî
                
                
                     . . . , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8144 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) scarlet, crimson <BR> 1a) properly, the insect 'coccus ilicis', the dried body of the female yielding colouring matter from which is made the dye used for cloth to colour it scarlet or crimson 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šā·nî
         . . . , 
    
 
        
            מָשְׁזָ֖ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מָשְׁזָ֖ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mā·šə·zār
                
                
                     and with finely spun 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hofal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7806 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to twist, be twisted <BR> 1a) (Hophal) <BR> 1a1) to be twisted <BR> 1a2) twisted (participle) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mā·šə·zār
         and with finely spun 
    
 
        
            וְשֵׁ֥שׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְשֵׁ֥שׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·šêš
                
                
                     linen . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8336 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) something bleached white, byssus, linen, fine linen <BR> 2) alabaster, similar stone, marble 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·šêš
         linen . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            It must be square when folded over double, a span long and a span wide.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            יִֽהְיֶ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִֽהְיֶ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yih·yeh
                
                
                     It must be 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yih·yeh
         It must be 
    
 
        
            רָב֥וּעַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רָב֥וּעַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rā·ḇū·a‘
                
                
                     square 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - QalPassParticiple - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7251 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to square, be squared <BR> 1a) (Qal) square (participle) <BR> 1b) (Pual) square (participle) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rā·ḇū·a‘
         square 
    
 
        
            כָּפ֑וּל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּפ֑וּל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kā·p̄ūl
                
                
                     when folded over double , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - QalPassParticiple - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3717 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to double, fold double, double over <BR> 1a) (Qal) to double over <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be doubled 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kā·p̄ūl
         when folded over double , 
    
 
        
            זֶ֥רֶת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זֶ֥רֶת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ze·reṯ
                
                
                     a span 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2239 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) span <BR> 1a) a unit of measure, approx half-cubit, or the distance from the thumb to the little finger on an outstretched hand 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ze·reṯ
         a span 
    
 
        
            אָרְכּ֖וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָרְכּ֖וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·rə·kōw
                
                
                     long 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        753 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) length <BR> 1a) physical length <BR> 1b) of time <BR> 2) forbearance, self-restraint (of patience) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·rə·kōw
         long 
    
 
        
            וְזֶ֥רֶת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְזֶ֥רֶת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ze·reṯ
                
                
                     and a span 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2239 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) span <BR> 1a) a unit of measure, approx half-cubit, or the distance from the thumb to the little finger on an outstretched hand 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ze·reṯ
         and a span 
    
 
        
            רָחְבּֽוֹ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רָחְבּֽוֹ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rā·ḥə·bōw
                
                
                     wide . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7341 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) breadth, width, expanse 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rā·ḥə·bōw
         wide . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And mount on it a setting of gemstones, four rows of stones: In the first row there shall be a ruby, a topaz, and an emerald;
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וּמִלֵּאתָ֥ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִלֵּאתָ֥ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mil·lê·ṯā
                
                
                     And mount 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4390 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fill, be full <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be full <BR> 1a1a) fulness, abundance (participle) <BR> 1a1b) to be full, be accomplished, be ended <BR> 1a2) to consecrate, fill the hand <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be filled, be armed, be satisfied <BR> 1b2) to be accomplished, be ended <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to fill <BR> 1c2) to satisfy <BR> 1c3) to fulfil, accomplish, complete <BR> 1c4) to confirm <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be filled <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to mass themselves against 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mil·lê·ṯā
         And mount 
    
 
        
            בוֹ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בוֹ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇōw
                
                
                     on it 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇōw
         on it 
    
 
        
            מִלֻּ֣אַת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִלֻּ֣אַת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mil·lu·’aṯ
                
                
                     a setting 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4396 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) setting (of jewel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mil·lu·’aṯ
         a setting 
    
 
        
            אֶ֔בֶן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶ֔בֶן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’e·ḇen
                
                
                     of gemstones , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        68 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) stone (large or small) <BR> 1a) common stone (in natural state) <BR> 1b) stone, as material <BR> 1b1) of tablets <BR> 1b2) marble, hewn stones <BR> 1c) precious stones, stones of fire <BR> 1d) stones containing metal (ore), tool for work or weapon <BR> 1e) weight <BR> 1f) plummet (stones of destruction) also made of metal <BR> 1g) stonelike objects, eg hailstones, stony heart, ice <BR> 1h) sacred object, as memorial Samuel set up to mark where God helped Israel to defeat the Philistines <BR> 1i) (simile) <BR> 1i1) sinking in water, motionlessness <BR> 1i2) strength, firmness, solidity <BR> 1i3) commonness <BR> 1j) (metaph) <BR> 1j1) petrified with terror <BR> 1j2) perverse, hard heart 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’e·ḇen
         of gemstones , 
    
 
        
            אַרְבָּעָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַרְבָּעָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ar·bā·‘āh
                
                
                     four 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        702 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) four 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ar·bā·‘āh
         four 
    
 
        
            טוּרִ֣ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
טוּרִ֣ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṭū·rîm
                
                
                     rows 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2905 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) row <BR> 1a) row, course (of building) <BR> 1b) row (of jewels) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṭū·rîm
         rows 
    
 
        
            אָ֑בֶן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָ֑בֶן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·ḇen
                
                
                     of stones : 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        68 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) stone (large or small) <BR> 1a) common stone (in natural state) <BR> 1b) stone, as material <BR> 1b1) of tablets <BR> 1b2) marble, hewn stones <BR> 1c) precious stones, stones of fire <BR> 1d) stones containing metal (ore), tool for work or weapon <BR> 1e) weight <BR> 1f) plummet (stones of destruction) also made of metal <BR> 1g) stonelike objects, eg hailstones, stony heart, ice <BR> 1h) sacred object, as memorial Samuel set up to mark where God helped Israel to defeat the Philistines <BR> 1i) (simile) <BR> 1i1) sinking in water, motionlessness <BR> 1i2) strength, firmness, solidity <BR> 1i3) commonness <BR> 1j) (metaph) <BR> 1j1) petrified with terror <BR> 1j2) perverse, hard heart 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·ḇen
         of stones : 
    
 
        
            הָאֶחָֽד׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאֶחָֽד׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’e·ḥāḏ
                
                
                     In the first 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        259 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one (number) <BR> 1a) one (number) <BR> 1b) each, every <BR> 1c) a certain <BR> 1d) an (indefinite article) <BR> 1e) only, once, once for all <BR> 1f) one...another, the one...the other, one after another, one by one <BR> 1g) first <BR> 1h) eleven (in combination), eleventh (ordinal) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’e·ḥāḏ
         In the first 
    
 
        
            ט֗וּר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ט֗וּר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṭūr
                
                
                     row there shall be 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2905 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) row <BR> 1a) row, course (of building) <BR> 1b) row (of jewels) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṭūr
         row there shall be 
    
 
        
            הַטּ֖וּר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַטּ֖וּר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haṭ·ṭūr
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2905 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) row <BR> 1a) row, course (of building) <BR> 1b) row (of jewels) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haṭ·ṭūr
         - 
    
 
        
            אֹ֤דֶם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹ֤דֶם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ḏem
                
                
                     a ruby , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        124 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ruby, carnelian (redness) <BR> 1a) precious stone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ḏem
         a ruby , 
    
 
        
            פִּטְדָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פִּטְדָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    piṭ·ḏāh
                
                
                     a topaz , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6357 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) topaz or chrysolite <BR> 1a) a precious stone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        piṭ·ḏāh
         a topaz , 
    
 
        
            וּבָרֶ֔קֶת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבָרֶ֔קֶת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇā·re·qeṯ
                
                
                     and an emerald ; 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1304 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a gem, precious stone, emerald (Josephus) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇā·re·qeṯ
         and an emerald ; 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            in the second row a turquoise, a sapphire, and a diamond;
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            הַשֵּׁנִ֑י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַשֵּׁנִ֑י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haš·šê·nî
                
                
                     in the second 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Number - ordinal masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8145 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) second <BR> 1a) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1b) again (a second time)<BR> 1c) another, other (something as distinct from something else) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haš·šê·nî
         in the second 
    
 
        
            וְהַטּ֖וּר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהַטּ֖וּר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·haṭ·ṭūr
                
                
                     row 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2905 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) row <BR> 1a) row, course (of building) <BR> 1b) row (of jewels) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·haṭ·ṭūr
         row 
    
 
        
            נֹ֥פֶךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נֹ֥פֶךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nō·p̄eḵ
                
                
                     a turquoise , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5306 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a precious stone in the high priest's breastplate <BR> 1a) perhaps an emerald, turquoise, ruby, or carbuncle <BR> 2) jewels imported from Tyre 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nō·p̄eḵ
         a turquoise , 
    
 
        
            סַפִּ֖יר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סַפִּ֖יר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sap·pîr
                
                
                     a sapphire , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5601 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sapphire, lapis lazuli 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sap·pîr
         a sapphire , 
    
 
        
            וְיָהֲלֹֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיָהֲלֹֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yā·hă·lōm
                
                
                     and a diamond ; 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3095 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a precious stone (known for its hardness) <BR> 1a) perhaps the jasper, onyx, or diamond 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yā·hă·lōm
         and a diamond ; 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            in the third row a jacinth, an agate, and an amethyst;
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            הַשְּׁלִישִׁ֑י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַשְּׁלִישִׁ֑י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haš·šə·lî·šî
                
                
                     in the third 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Number - ordinal masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7992 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) third, one third, third part, third time <BR> 1a) ordinal number 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haš·šə·lî·šî
         in the third 
    
 
        
            וְהַטּ֖וּר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהַטּ֖וּר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·haṭ·ṭūr
                
                
                     row 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2905 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) row <BR> 1a) row, course (of building) <BR> 1b) row (of jewels) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·haṭ·ṭūr
         row 
    
 
        
            לֶ֥שֶׁם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֶ֥שֶׁם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    le·šem
                
                
                     a jacinth , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3958 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a precious stone <BR> 1a) a precious stone in the high priest's breast-plate <BR> 1a1) probably jacinth or ligure 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        le·šem
         a jacinth , 
    
 
        
            שְׁב֖וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁב֖וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·ḇōw
                
                
                     an agate , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7618 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a precious stone (in the high priest's breastplate) <BR> 1a) probably an agate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·ḇōw
         an agate , 
    
 
        
            וְאַחְלָֽמָה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאַחְלָֽמָה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’aḥ·lā·māh
                
                
                     and an amethyst ; 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        306 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) amethyst, a gem in the third row on the ephod, breastplate of judgment worn by the high priest. Transliteration of the Septuagint word. Identification is not certain but is a purple stone perhaps a corundum or red or brown jasper. 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’aḥ·lā·māh
         and an amethyst ; 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            and in the fourth row a beryl, an onyx, and a jasper. Mount these stones in gold filigree settings.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            הָרְבִיעִ֔י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָרְבִיעִ֔י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·rə·ḇî·‘î
                
                
                     and in the fourth 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Number - ordinal masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7243 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fourth <BR> 1a) fourth <BR> 1b) four square <BR> 1c) fourth part 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·rə·ḇî·‘î
         and in the fourth 
    
 
        
            וְהַטּוּר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהַטּוּר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·haṭ·ṭūr
                
                
                     row 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2905 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) row <BR> 1a) row, course (of building) <BR> 1b) row (of jewels) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·haṭ·ṭūr
         row 
    
 
        
            תַּרְשִׁ֥ישׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַּרְשִׁ֥ישׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tar·šîš
                
                
                     a beryl , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8658 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a precious stone or semi-precious gem <BR> 1a) perhaps a chrysolite, yellow jasper, or other yellow coloured stone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tar·šîš
         a beryl , 
    
 
        
            וְשֹׁ֖הַם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְשֹׁ֖הַם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·šō·ham
                
                
                     an onyx , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7718 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a precious stone or gem <BR> 1a) probably onyx, chrysoprasus, beryl, malachite 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·šō·ham
         an onyx , 
    
 
        
            וְיָשְׁפֵ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיָשְׁפֵ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yā·šə·p̄êh
                
                
                     and a jasper . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3471 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) jasper (a precious stone) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yā·šə·p̄êh
         and a jasper . 
    
 
        
            מְשֻׁבָּצִ֥ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְשֻׁבָּצִ֥ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·šub·bā·ṣîm
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Pual - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7660 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to weave in checkered or plaited work or pattern (meaning probable) <BR> 1a) (Piel) to weave, plait <BR> 1b) (Pual) inwoven, set (participle) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·šub·bā·ṣîm
         . . . 
    
 
        
            יִהְי֖וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִהְי֖וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yih·yū
                
                
                     Mount [these stones] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yih·yū
         Mount [these stones] 
    
 
        
            זָהָ֛ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זָהָ֛ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zā·hāḇ
                
                
                     in gold 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2091 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gold <BR> 1a) as precious metal <BR> 1b) as a measure of weight <BR> 1c) of brilliance, splendour (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zā·hāḇ
         in gold 
    
 
        
            בְּמִלּוּאֹתָֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּמִלּוּאֹתָֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·mil·lū·’ō·ṯām
                
                
                     filigree settings . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4396 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) setting (of jewel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·mil·lū·’ō·ṯām
         filigree settings . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            The twelve stones are to correspond to the names of the sons of Israel, each engraved like a seal with the name of one of the twelve tribes.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            שְׁתֵּ֥ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁתֵּ֥ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·têm
                
                
                     The twelve 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - fd 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8147 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) two <BR> 1a) two (the cardinal number) <BR> 1a1) two, both, double, twice <BR> 1b) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers <BR> 1d) both (a dual number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·têm
         The twelve 
    
 
        
            עֶשְׂרֵ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֶשְׂרֵ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘eś·rêh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6240 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ten, -teen (in combination with other numbers) <BR> 1a) used only in combination to make the numbers 11-19 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘eś·rêh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וְ֠הָאֲבָנִים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְ֠הָאֲבָנִים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hā·’ă·ḇā·nîm
                
                
                     stones 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Article | Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        68 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) stone (large or small) <BR> 1a) common stone (in natural state) <BR> 1b) stone, as material <BR> 1b1) of tablets <BR> 1b2) marble, hewn stones <BR> 1c) precious stones, stones of fire <BR> 1d) stones containing metal (ore), tool for work or weapon <BR> 1e) weight <BR> 1f) plummet (stones of destruction) also made of metal <BR> 1g) stonelike objects, eg hailstones, stony heart, ice <BR> 1h) sacred object, as memorial Samuel set up to mark where God helped Israel to defeat the Philistines <BR> 1i) (simile) <BR> 1i1) sinking in water, motionlessness <BR> 1i2) strength, firmness, solidity <BR> 1i3) commonness <BR> 1j) (metaph) <BR> 1j1) petrified with terror <BR> 1j2) perverse, hard heart 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hā·’ă·ḇā·nîm
         stones 
    
 
        
            תִּֽהְיֶ֜יןָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִּֽהְיֶ֜יןָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tih·ye·nā
                
                
                     are 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tih·ye·nā
         are 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         to 
    
 
        
            שְׁמֹ֧ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁמֹ֧ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·mōṯ
                
                
                     correspond to the names 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8034 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) name <BR> 1a) name <BR> 1b) reputation, fame, glory <BR> 1c) the Name (as designation of God) <BR> 1d) memorial, monument 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·mōṯ
         correspond to the names 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê-
                
                
                     of the sons 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê-
         of the sons 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     of Israel , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         of Israel , 
    
 
        
            אִ֣ישׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִ֣ישׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’îš
                
                
                     each 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        376 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) man <BR> 1a) man, male (in contrast to woman, female) <BR> 1b) husband <BR> 1c) human being, person (in contrast to God) <BR> 1d) servant <BR> 1e) mankind <BR> 1f) champion <BR> 1g) great man <BR> 2) whosoever <BR> 3) each (adjective) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’îš
         each 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            שְׁמ֔וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁמ֔וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·mōw
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8034 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) name <BR> 1a) name <BR> 1b) reputation, fame, glory <BR> 1c) the Name (as designation of God) <BR> 1d) memorial, monument 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·mōw
         . . . 
    
 
        
            תִּֽהְיֶ֕יןָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִּֽהְיֶ֕יןָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tih·ye·nā
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tih·ye·nā
         . . . 
    
 
        
            פִּתּוּחֵ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פִּתּוּחֵ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pit·tū·ḥê
                
                
                     engraved 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6603 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) engraving, carving 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pit·tū·ḥê
         engraved 
    
 
        
            חוֹתָם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חוֹתָם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥō·w·ṯām
                
                
                     like a seal 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2368 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) seal, signet, signet-ring 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥō·w·ṯām
         like a seal 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     with 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         with 
    
 
        
            שְׁמֹתָ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁמֹתָ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·mō·ṯām
                
                
                     the name 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8034 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) name <BR> 1a) name <BR> 1b) reputation, fame, glory <BR> 1c) the Name (as designation of God) <BR> 1d) memorial, monument 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·mō·ṯām
         the name 
    
 
        
            לִשְׁנֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִשְׁנֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    liš·nê
                
                
                     of one of the twelve 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Number - masculine dual construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8147 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) two <BR> 1a) two (the cardinal number) <BR> 1a1) two, both, double, twice <BR> 1b) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers <BR> 1d) both (a dual number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        liš·nê
         of one of the twelve 
    
 
        
            עָשָׂ֖ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָשָׂ֖ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·śār
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6240 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ten, -teen (in combination with other numbers) <BR> 1a) used only in combination to make the numbers 11-19 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·śār
         . . . 
    
 
        
            שָֽׁבֶט׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָֽׁבֶט׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šā·ḇeṭ
                
                
                     tribes . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7626 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) rod, staff, branch, offshoot, club, sceptre, tribe <BR> 1a) rod, staff <BR> 1b) shaft (of spear, dart) <BR> 1c) club (of shepherd's implement) <BR> 1d) truncheon, sceptre (mark of authority) <BR> 1e) clan, tribe 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šā·ḇeṭ
         tribes . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            For the breastpiece, make braided chains like cords of pure gold.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            הַחֹ֛שֶׁן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַחֹ֛שֶׁן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ha·ḥō·šen
                
                
                     For the breastpiece 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2833 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) breastplate, breastpiece <BR> 1a) sacred pouch of the high priest designed to hold the Urim and Thummim 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ha·ḥō·šen
         For the breastpiece 
    
 
        
            שַֽׁרְשֹׁ֥ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שַֽׁרְשֹׁ֥ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šar·šōṯ
                
                
                     . . . , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8331 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) chain 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šar·šōṯ
         . . . , 
    
 
        
            וְעָשִׂ֧יתָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעָשִׂ֧יתָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘ā·śî·ṯā
                
                
                     make 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘ā·śî·ṯā
         make 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            גַּבְלֻ֖ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גַּבְלֻ֖ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gaḇ·luṯ
                
                
                     braided chains 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1383 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a twisting 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gaḇ·luṯ
         braided chains 
    
 
        
            עֲבֹ֑ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲבֹ֑ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·ḇōṯ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5688 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) cord, rope, cordage, foliage, interwoven foliage <BR> 1a) cord, rope, cordage, chain <BR> 1b) interwoven foliage 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·ḇōṯ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            מַעֲשֵׂ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַעֲשֵׂ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ma·‘ă·śêh
                
                
                     like cords 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4639 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) deed, work <BR> 1a) deed, thing done, act <BR> 1b) work, labour <BR> 1c) business, pursuit <BR> 1d) undertaking, enterprise <BR> 1e) achievement <BR> 1f) deeds, works (of deliverance and judgment) <BR> 1g) work, thing made <BR> 1h) work (of God) <BR> 1i) product 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ma·‘ă·śêh
         like cords 
    
 
        
            טָהֽוֹר׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
טָהֽוֹר׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṭā·hō·wr
                
                
                     of pure 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2889 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) pure, clean <BR> 1a) clean (ceremonially-of animals) <BR> 1b) pure (physically) <BR> 1c) pure, clean (morally, ethically) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṭā·hō·wr
         of pure 
    
 
        
            זָהָ֖ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זָהָ֖ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zā·hāḇ
                
                
                     gold . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2091 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gold <BR> 1a) as precious metal <BR> 1b) as a measure of weight <BR> 1c) of brilliance, splendour (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zā·hāḇ
         gold . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            You are also to make two gold rings and fasten them to the two corners of the breastpiece.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            הַחֹ֔שֶׁן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַחֹ֔שֶׁן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ha·ḥō·šen
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2833 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) breastplate, breastpiece <BR> 1a) sacred pouch of the high priest designed to hold the Urim and Thummim 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ha·ḥō·šen
         - 
    
 
        
            שְׁתֵּ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁתֵּ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·tê
                
                
                     two 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine dual construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8147 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) two <BR> 1a) two (the cardinal number) <BR> 1a1) two, both, double, twice <BR> 1b) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers <BR> 1d) both (a dual number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·tê
         two 
    
 
        
            זָהָ֑ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זָהָ֑ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zā·hāḇ
                
                
                     gold 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2091 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gold <BR> 1a) as precious metal <BR> 1b) as a measure of weight <BR> 1c) of brilliance, splendour (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zā·hāḇ
         gold 
    
 
        
            טַבְּע֣וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
טַבְּע֣וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṭab·bə·‘ō·wṯ
                
                
                     rings 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2885 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ring, signet, signet ring <BR> 1a) signet ring (as symbol of authority) <BR> 1b) ring (as ornament) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṭab·bə·‘ō·wṯ
         rings 
    
 
        
            וְנָתַתָּ֗ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנָתַתָּ֗ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nā·ṯa·tā
                
                
                     and fasten 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nā·ṯa·tā
         and fasten 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            שְׁתֵּי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁתֵּי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·tê
                
                
                     them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine dual construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8147 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) two <BR> 1a) two (the cardinal number) <BR> 1a1) two, both, double, twice <BR> 1b) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers <BR> 1d) both (a dual number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·tê
         them 
    
 
        
            הַטַּבָּע֔וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַטַּבָּע֔וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haṭ·ṭab·bā·‘ō·wṯ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2885 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ring, signet, signet ring <BR> 1a) signet ring (as symbol of authority) <BR> 1b) ring (as ornament) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haṭ·ṭab·bā·‘ō·wṯ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         to 
    
 
        
            שְׁנֵ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁנֵ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·nê
                
                
                     the two 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine dual construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8147 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) two <BR> 1a) two (the cardinal number) <BR> 1a1) two, both, double, twice <BR> 1b) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers <BR> 1d) both (a dual number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·nê
         the two 
    
 
        
            קְצ֥וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קְצ֥וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qə·ṣō·wṯ
                
                
                     corners 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7098 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) end, extremity <BR> 1a) end <BR> 1b) from the whole of, from among (of what is included between extremities) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qə·ṣō·wṯ
         corners 
    
 
        
            הַחֹֽשֶׁן׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַחֹֽשֶׁן׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ha·ḥō·šen
                
                
                     of the breastpiece . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2833 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) breastplate, breastpiece <BR> 1a) sacred pouch of the high priest designed to hold the Urim and Thummim 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ha·ḥō·šen
         of the breastpiece . 
    
 
        
            וְעָשִׂ֙יתָ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעָשִׂ֙יתָ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘ā·śî·ṯā
                
                
                     You are also to make 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘ā·śî·ṯā
         You are also to make 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         - 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then fasten the two gold chains to the two gold rings at the corners of the breastpiece,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְנָתַתָּ֗ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנָתַתָּ֗ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nā·ṯat·tāh
                
                
                     Then fasten 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nā·ṯat·tāh
         Then fasten 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            שְׁתֵּי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁתֵּי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·tê
                
                
                     the two 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine dual construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8147 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) two <BR> 1a) two (the cardinal number) <BR> 1a1) two, both, double, twice <BR> 1b) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers <BR> 1d) both (a dual number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·tê
         the two 
    
 
        
            הַזָּהָ֔ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַזָּהָ֔ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haz·zā·hāḇ
                
                
                     gold 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2091 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gold <BR> 1a) as precious metal <BR> 1b) as a measure of weight <BR> 1c) of brilliance, splendour (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haz·zā·hāḇ
         gold 
    
 
        
            עֲבֹתֹ֣ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲבֹתֹ֣ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·ḇō·ṯōṯ
                
                
                     chains 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5688 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) cord, rope, cordage, foliage, interwoven foliage <BR> 1a) cord, rope, cordage, chain <BR> 1b) interwoven foliage 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·ḇō·ṯōṯ
         chains 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         to 
    
 
        
            שְׁתֵּ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁתֵּ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·tê
                
                
                     the two 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine dual construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8147 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) two <BR> 1a) two (the cardinal number) <BR> 1a1) two, both, double, twice <BR> 1b) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers <BR> 1d) both (a dual number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·tê
         the two 
    
 
        
            הַטַּבָּעֹ֑ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַטַּבָּעֹ֑ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haṭ·ṭab·bā·‘ōṯ
                
                
                     gold rings 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2885 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ring, signet, signet ring <BR> 1a) signet ring (as symbol of authority) <BR> 1b) ring (as ornament) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haṭ·ṭab·bā·‘ōṯ
         gold rings 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     at 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         at 
    
 
        
            קְצ֖וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קְצ֖וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qə·ṣō·wṯ
                
                
                     the corners 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7098 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) end, extremity <BR> 1a) end <BR> 1b) from the whole of, from among (of what is included between extremities) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qə·ṣō·wṯ
         the corners 
    
 
        
            הַחֹֽשֶׁן׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַחֹֽשֶׁן׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ha·ḥō·šen
                
                
                     of the breastpiece , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2833 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) breastplate, breastpiece <BR> 1a) sacred pouch of the high priest designed to hold the Urim and Thummim 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ha·ḥō·šen
         of the breastpiece , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            and fasten the other ends of the two chains to the two filigree settings, attaching them to the shoulder pieces of the ephod at the front.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְאֵ֨ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֵ֨ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’êṯ
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’êṯ
         - 
    
 
        
            תִּתֵּ֖ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִּתֵּ֖ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tit·tên
                
                
                     and fasten 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tit·tên
         and fasten 
    
 
        
            שְׁתֵּ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁתֵּ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·tê
                
                
                     the other 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine dual construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8147 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) two <BR> 1a) two (the cardinal number) <BR> 1a1) two, both, double, twice <BR> 1b) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers <BR> 1d) both (a dual number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·tê
         the other 
    
 
        
            קְצוֹת֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קְצוֹת֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qə·ṣō·wṯ
                
                
                     ends 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7098 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) end, extremity <BR> 1a) end <BR> 1b) from the whole of, from among (of what is included between extremities) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qə·ṣō·wṯ
         ends 
    
 
        
            שְׁתֵּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁתֵּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·tê
                
                
                     of the two 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine dual construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8147 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) two <BR> 1a) two (the cardinal number) <BR> 1a1) two, both, double, twice <BR> 1b) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers <BR> 1d) both (a dual number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·tê
         of the two 
    
 
        
            הָעֲבֹתֹ֔ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָעֲבֹתֹ֔ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·‘ă·ḇō·ṯōṯ
                
                
                     chains 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5688 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) cord, rope, cordage, foliage, interwoven foliage <BR> 1a) cord, rope, cordage, chain <BR> 1b) interwoven foliage 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·‘ă·ḇō·ṯōṯ
         chains 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         to 
    
 
        
            שְׁתֵּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁתֵּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·tê
                
                
                     the two 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine dual construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8147 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) two <BR> 1a) two (the cardinal number) <BR> 1a1) two, both, double, twice <BR> 1b) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers <BR> 1d) both (a dual number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·tê
         the two 
    
 
        
            הַֽמִּשְׁבְּצ֑וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַֽמִּשְׁבְּצ֑וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·miš·bə·ṣō·wṯ
                
                
                     filigree settings , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4865 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) plaited or filigree or chequered work (of settings for gems) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·miš·bə·ṣō·wṯ
         filigree settings , 
    
 
        
            וְנָתַתָּ֛ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנָתַתָּ֛ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nā·ṯat·tāh
                
                
                     attaching them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nā·ṯat·tāh
         attaching them 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         to 
    
 
        
            כִּתְפ֥וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּתְפ֥וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kiṯ·p̄ō·wṯ
                
                
                     the shoulder pieces 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3802 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) shoulder, shoulder-blade, side, slope <BR> 1a) shoulder, shoulder-blade (of man) <BR> 1b) shoulder, shoulder-pieces (of animals) <BR> 1c) side, slope (of mountain) <BR> 1d) supports (of laver) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kiṯ·p̄ō·wṯ
         the shoulder pieces 
    
 
        
            הָאֵפֹ֖ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאֵפֹ֖ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ê·p̄ōḏ
                
                
                     of the ephod 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        646 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ephod <BR> 1a) priestly garment, shoulder-cape or mantle, outer garment <BR> 1a1) worn by an ordinary priest and made of white stuff <BR> 1a2) worn by the high priest-more costly, woven of gold, blue, purple, scarlet, and linen threads provided with shoulder-pieces and a breast piece of like material, ornamented with gems and gold 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ê·p̄ōḏ
         of the ephod 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     at 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         at 
    
 
        
            מ֥וּל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מ֥וּל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mūl
                
                
                     the front 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4136 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n m <BR> 1) front <BR> 1a) front <BR> 1b) in the opposite direction <BR> prep <BR> 2) in front of <BR> 2a) in front of <BR> 2b) (with prefix) <BR> 2b1) towards the front of, to the front of, on the front of <BR> 2b2) from the front of, off the front of, close in front of, on the forefront of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mūl
         the front 
    
 
        
            פָּנָֽיו׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פָּנָֽיו׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pā·nāw
                
                
                     . . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pā·nāw
         . . . . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Make two more gold rings and attach them to the other two corners of the breastpiece, on the inside edge next to the ephod.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְעָשִׂ֗יתָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעָשִׂ֗יתָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘ā·śî·ṯā
                
                
                     Make 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘ā·śî·ṯā
         Make 
    
 
        
            שְׁתֵּי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁתֵּי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·tê
                
                
                     two [more] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine dual construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8147 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) two <BR> 1a) two (the cardinal number) <BR> 1a1) two, both, double, twice <BR> 1b) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers <BR> 1d) both (a dual number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·tê
         two [more] 
    
 
        
            זָהָ֔ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זָהָ֔ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zā·hāḇ
                
                
                     gold 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2091 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gold <BR> 1a) as precious metal <BR> 1b) as a measure of weight <BR> 1c) of brilliance, splendour (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zā·hāḇ
         gold 
    
 
        
            טַבְּע֣וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
טַבְּע֣וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṭab·bə·‘ō·wṯ
                
                
                     rings 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2885 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ring, signet, signet ring <BR> 1a) signet ring (as symbol of authority) <BR> 1b) ring (as ornament) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṭab·bə·‘ō·wṯ
         rings 
    
 
        
            וְשַׂמְתָּ֣ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְשַׂמְתָּ֣ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·śam·tā
                
                
                     and attach 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7760 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to put, place, set, appoint, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to put, set, lay, put or lay upon, lay (violent) hands on <BR> 1a2) to set, direct, direct toward <BR> 1a2a) to extend (compassion) (fig) <BR> 1a3) to set, ordain, establish, found, appoint, constitute, make, determine, fix <BR> 1a4) to set, station, put, set in place, plant, fix <BR> 1a5) to make, make for, transform into, constitute, fashion, work, bring to pass, appoint, give <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) to set or make for a sign <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be set 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·śam·tā
         and attach 
    
 
        
            אֹתָ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹתָ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯām
                
                
                     them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯām
         them 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         to 
    
 
        
            שְׁנֵ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁנֵ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·nê
                
                
                     the other two 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine dual construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8147 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) two <BR> 1a) two (the cardinal number) <BR> 1a1) two, both, double, twice <BR> 1b) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers <BR> 1d) both (a dual number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·nê
         the other two 
    
 
        
            קְצ֣וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קְצ֣וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qə·ṣō·wṯ
                
                
                     corners 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7098 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) end, extremity <BR> 1a) end <BR> 1b) from the whole of, from among (of what is included between extremities) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qə·ṣō·wṯ
         corners 
    
 
        
            הַחֹ֑שֶׁן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַחֹ֑שֶׁן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ha·ḥō·šen
                
                
                     of the breastpiece , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2833 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) breastplate, breastpiece <BR> 1a) sacred pouch of the high priest designed to hold the Urim and Thummim 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ha·ḥō·šen
         of the breastpiece , 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     on 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         on 
    
 
        
            עֵ֥בֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֵ֥בֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ê·ḇer
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5676 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) region beyond or across, side <BR> 1a) region across or beyond <BR> 1b) side, opposite side 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ê·ḇer
         . . . 
    
 
        
            בָּֽיְתָה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּֽיְתָה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·yə·ṯāh
                
                
                     the inside 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1004 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        nm <BR> 1) house <BR> 1a) house, dwelling habitation <BR> 1b) shelter or abode of animals <BR> 1c) human bodies (fig.) <BR> 1d) of Sheol <BR> 1e) of abode of light and darkness <BR> 1f) of land of Ephraim <BR> 2) place <BR> 3) receptacle <BR> 4) home, house as containing a family <BR> 5) household, family <BR> 5a) those belonging to the same household <BR> 5b) family of descendants, descendants as organized body <BR> 6) household affairs <BR> 7) inwards (metaph.) <BR> 8) (TWOT) temple <BR> adv <BR> 9) on the inside <BR> prep <BR> 10) within 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·yə·ṯāh
         the inside 
    
 
        
            שְׂפָת֕וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׂפָת֕וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    śə·p̄ā·ṯōw
                
                
                     edge 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8193 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) lip, language, speech, shore, bank, brink, brim, side, edge, border, binding <BR> 1a) lip (as body part) <BR> 1b) language <BR> 1c) edge, shore, bank (of cup, sea, river, etc) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        śə·p̄ā·ṯōw
         edge 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֛ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֛ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         - 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     next to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         next to 
    
 
        
            הָאֵפֹ֖ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאֵפֹ֖ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ê·p̄ōḏ
                
                
                     the ephod . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        646 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ephod <BR> 1a) priestly garment, shoulder-cape or mantle, outer garment <BR> 1a1) worn by an ordinary priest and made of white stuff <BR> 1a2) worn by the high priest-more costly, woven of gold, blue, purple, scarlet, and linen threads provided with shoulder-pieces and a breast piece of like material, ornamented with gems and gold 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ê·p̄ōḏ
         the ephod . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Make two additional gold rings and attach them to the bottom of the two shoulder pieces of the ephod, on its front, near its seam just above its woven waistband.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְעָשִׂיתָ֮ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעָשִׂיתָ֮ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘ā·śî·ṯā
                
                
                     Make 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘ā·śî·ṯā
         Make 
    
 
        
            שְׁתֵּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁתֵּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·tê
                
                
                     two [additional] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine dual construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8147 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) two <BR> 1a) two (the cardinal number) <BR> 1a1) two, both, double, twice <BR> 1b) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers <BR> 1d) both (a dual number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·tê
         two [additional] 
    
 
        
            זָהָב֒ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זָהָב֒ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zā·hāḇ
                
                
                     gold 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2091 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gold <BR> 1a) as precious metal <BR> 1b) as a measure of weight <BR> 1c) of brilliance, splendour (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zā·hāḇ
         gold 
    
 
        
            טַבְּע֣וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
טַבְּע֣וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṭab·bə·‘ō·wṯ
                
                
                     rings 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2885 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ring, signet, signet ring <BR> 1a) signet ring (as symbol of authority) <BR> 1b) ring (as ornament) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṭab·bə·‘ō·wṯ
         rings 
    
 
        
            וְנָתַתָּ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנָתַתָּ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nā·ṯat·tāh
                
                
                     and attach 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nā·ṯat·tāh
         and attach 
    
 
        
            אֹתָ֡ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹתָ֡ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯām
                
                
                     them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯām
         them 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         to 
    
 
        
            מִלְּמַ֙טָּה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִלְּמַ֙טָּה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mil·lə·maṭ·ṭāh
                
                
                     the bottom 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m, Preposition-l | Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4295 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) downwards, below <BR> 1a) downwards<BR> 1b) under (of age) <BR> 1c) beneath 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mil·lə·maṭ·ṭāh
         the bottom 
    
 
        
            שְׁתֵּי֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁתֵּי֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·tê
                
                
                     of the two 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine dual construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8147 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) two <BR> 1a) two (the cardinal number) <BR> 1a1) two, both, double, twice <BR> 1b) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers <BR> 1d) both (a dual number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·tê
         of the two 
    
 
        
            כִתְפ֨וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִתְפ֨וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵiṯ·p̄ō·wṯ
                
                
                     shoulder pieces 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3802 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) shoulder, shoulder-blade, side, slope <BR> 1a) shoulder, shoulder-blade (of man) <BR> 1b) shoulder, shoulder-pieces (of animals) <BR> 1c) side, slope (of mountain) <BR> 1d) supports (of laver) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵiṯ·p̄ō·wṯ
         shoulder pieces 
    
 
        
            הָאֵפ֤וֹד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאֵפ֤וֹד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ê·p̄ō·wḏ
                
                
                     of the ephod , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        646 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ephod <BR> 1a) priestly garment, shoulder-cape or mantle, outer garment <BR> 1a1) worn by an ordinary priest and made of white stuff <BR> 1a2) worn by the high priest-more costly, woven of gold, blue, purple, scarlet, and linen threads provided with shoulder-pieces and a breast piece of like material, ornamented with gems and gold 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ê·p̄ō·wḏ
         of the ephod , 
    
 
        
            מִמּ֣וּל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִמּ֣וּל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mim·mūl
                
                
                     on its front 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4136 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n m <BR> 1) front <BR> 1a) front <BR> 1b) in the opposite direction <BR> prep <BR> 2) in front of <BR> 2a) in front of <BR> 2b) (with prefix) <BR> 2b1) towards the front of, to the front of, on the front of <BR> 2b2) from the front of, off the front of, close in front of, on the forefront of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mim·mūl
         on its front 
    
 
        
            פָּנָ֔יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פָּנָ֔יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pā·nāw
                
                
                     . . . , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pā·nāw
         . . . , 
    
 
        
            לְעֻמַּ֖ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְעֻמַּ֖ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·‘um·maṯ
                
                
                     near 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5980 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) juxtaposition <BR> 1a) used only as a prep <BR> 1a1) close by, side by side with, alongside of, parallel with <BR> 1a2) agreeing with, corresponding to, exactly as, close beside <BR> 1a3) correspondingly to 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·‘um·maṯ
         near 
    
 
        
            מֶחְבַּרְתּ֑וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֶחְבַּרְתּ֑וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    meḥ·bar·tōw
                
                
                     its seam 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4225 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) thing joined, joint, seam, place of joining <BR> 1a) thing joined <BR> 1b) place of joining 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        meḥ·bar·tōw
         its seam 
    
 
        
            מִמַּ֕עַל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִמַּ֕עַל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mim·ma·‘al
                
                
                     just above 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) higher part, upper part <BR> adv <BR> 1a) above <BR> prep <BR> 1b) on the top of, above, on higher ground than <BR> with locative <BR> 1c) upwards, higher, above 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mim·ma·‘al
         just above 
    
 
        
            לְחֵ֖שֶׁב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְחֵ֖שֶׁב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḥê·šeḇ
                
                
                     its woven waistband 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2805 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) girdle, band, ingenious work <BR> 1a) ingenious work-the name of the girdle or band of the ephod 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḥê·šeḇ
         its woven waistband 
    
 
        
            הָאֵפֽוֹד׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאֵפֽוֹד׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ê·p̄ō·wḏ
                
                
                     . . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        646 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ephod <BR> 1a) priestly garment, shoulder-cape or mantle, outer garment <BR> 1a1) worn by an ordinary priest and made of white stuff <BR> 1a2) worn by the high priest-more costly, woven of gold, blue, purple, scarlet, and linen threads provided with shoulder-pieces and a breast piece of like material, ornamented with gems and gold 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ê·p̄ō·wḏ
         . . . . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            The rings of the breastpiece shall be tied to the rings of the ephod with a cord of blue yarn, so that the breastpiece is above the waistband of the ephod and does not swing out from the ephod.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            מִטַּבְּעֹתוֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִטַּבְּעֹתוֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṭ·ṭab·bə·ʿō·ṯō
                
                
                     The rings 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - feminine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2885 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ring, signet, signet ring <BR> 1a) signet ring (as symbol of authority) <BR> 1b) ring (as ornament) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṭ·ṭab·bə·ʿō·ṯō
         The rings 
    
 
        
            הַ֠חֹשֶׁן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַ֠חֹשֶׁן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ha·ḥō·šen
                
                
                     of the breastpiece 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2833 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) breastplate, breastpiece <BR> 1a) sacred pouch of the high priest designed to hold the Urim and Thummim 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ha·ḥō·šen
         of the breastpiece 
    
 
        
            וְיִרְכְּס֣וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיִרְכְּס֣וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yir·kə·sū
                
                
                     shall be tied 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7405 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Qal) to bind 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yir·kə·sū
         shall be tied 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         to 
    
 
        
            טַבְּעֹ֤ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
טַבְּעֹ֤ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṭab·bə·‘ōṯ
                
                
                     the rings 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2885 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ring, signet, signet ring <BR> 1a) signet ring (as symbol of authority) <BR> 1b) ring (as ornament) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṭab·bə·‘ōṯ
         the rings 
    
 
        
            הָאֵפֹד֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאֵפֹד֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ê·p̄ōḏ
                
                
                     of the ephod 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        646 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ephod <BR> 1a) priestly garment, shoulder-cape or mantle, outer garment <BR> 1a1) worn by an ordinary priest and made of white stuff <BR> 1a2) worn by the high priest-more costly, woven of gold, blue, purple, scarlet, and linen threads provided with shoulder-pieces and a breast piece of like material, ornamented with gems and gold 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ê·p̄ōḏ
         of the ephod 
    
 
        
            בִּפְתִ֣יל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּפְתִ֣יל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bip̄·ṯîl
                
                
                     with a cord 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6616 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) cord, thread (twisted) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bip̄·ṯîl
         with a cord 
    
 
        
            תְּכֵ֔לֶת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְּכֵ֔לֶת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tə·ḵê·leṯ
                
                
                     of blue yarn , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8504 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) violet, violet stuff <BR> 1a) violet thread <BR> 1b) violet stuff or fabric <BR> 2) (TWOT) blue (covering spectrum from brilliant red through deep purple) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tə·ḵê·leṯ
         of blue yarn , 
    
 
        
            הַחֹ֔שֶׁן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַחֹ֔שֶׁן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ha·ḥō·šen
                
                
                     so that the breastpiece 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2833 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) breastplate, breastpiece <BR> 1a) sacred pouch of the high priest designed to hold the Urim and Thummim 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ha·ḥō·šen
         so that the breastpiece 
    
 
        
            לִֽהְי֖וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִֽהְי֖וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lih·yō·wṯ
                
                
                     is 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lih·yō·wṯ
         is 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     above 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         above 
    
 
        
            חֵ֣שֶׁב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֵ֣שֶׁב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥê·šeḇ
                
                
                     the waistband 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2805 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) girdle, band, ingenious work <BR> 1a) ingenious work-the name of the girdle or band of the ephod 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥê·šeḇ
         the waistband 
    
 
        
            הָאֵפ֑וֹד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאֵפ֑וֹד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ê·p̄ō·wḏ
                
                
                     of the ephod 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        646 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ephod <BR> 1a) priestly garment, shoulder-cape or mantle, outer garment <BR> 1a1) worn by an ordinary priest and made of white stuff <BR> 1a2) worn by the high priest-more costly, woven of gold, blue, purple, scarlet, and linen threads provided with shoulder-pieces and a breast piece of like material, ornamented with gems and gold 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ê·p̄ō·wḏ
         of the ephod 
    
 
        
            וְלֹֽא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלֹֽא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lō-
                
                
                     and does not 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lō-
         and does not 
    
 
        
            יִזַּ֣ח 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִזַּ֣ח 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiz·zaḥ
                
                
                     swing out 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Nifal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2118 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to remove, displace <BR> 1a) (Niphal) to be removed, be loosened, be displaced 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiz·zaḥ
         swing out 
    
 
        
            מֵעַ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵעַ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·‘al
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·‘al
         from 
    
 
        
            הָאֵפֽוֹד׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאֵפֽוֹד׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ê·p̄ō·wḏ
                
                
                     the ephod . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        646 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ephod <BR> 1a) priestly garment, shoulder-cape or mantle, outer garment <BR> 1a1) worn by an ordinary priest and made of white stuff <BR> 1a2) worn by the high priest-more costly, woven of gold, blue, purple, scarlet, and linen threads provided with shoulder-pieces and a breast piece of like material, ornamented with gems and gold 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ê·p̄ō·wḏ
         the ephod . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Whenever Aaron enters the Holy Place, he shall bear the names of the sons of Israel over his heart on the breastpiece of judgment, as a continual reminder before the LORD.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בְּבֹא֣וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּבֹא֣וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ḇō·’ōw
                
                
                     Whenever [Aaron] enters 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        935 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go in, enter, come, go, come in <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to enter, come in <BR> 1a2) to come <BR> 1a2a) to come with <BR> 1a2b) to come upon, fall or light upon, attack (enemy) <BR> 1a2c) to come to pass <BR> 1a3) to attain to <BR> 1a4) to be enumerated <BR> 1a5) to go <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to lead in <BR> 1b2) to carry in <BR> 1b3) to bring in, cause to come in, gather, cause to come, bring near, bring against, bring upon <BR> 1b4) to bring to pass <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be brought, brought in <BR> 1c2) to be introduced, be put 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ḇō·’ōw
         Whenever [Aaron] enters 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            הַקֹּ֑דֶשׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַקֹּ֑דֶשׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haq·qō·ḏeš
                
                
                     the Holy [Place] , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6944 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) apartness, holiness, sacredness, separateness <BR> 1a) apartness, sacredness, holiness <BR> 1a1) of God <BR> 1a2) of places <BR> 1a3) of things <BR> 1b) set-apartness, separateness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haq·qō·ḏeš
         the Holy [Place] , 
    
 
        
            אַ֠הֲרֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַ֠הֲרֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’a·hă·rōn
                
                
                     [he] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        175 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Aaron = |light bringer|<BR> 1) brother of Moses, a Levite and the first high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’a·hă·rōn
         [he] 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            וְנָשָׂ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנָשָׂ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nā·śā
                
                
                     shall bear 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5375 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to lift, bear up, carry, take <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to lift, lift up <BR> 1a2) to bear, carry, support, sustain, endure <BR> 1a3) to take, take away, carry off, forgive <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be lifted up, be exalted <BR> 1b2) to lift oneself up, rise up <BR> 1b3) to be borne, be carried <BR> 1b4) to be taken away, be carried off, be swept away <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to lift up, exalt, support, aid, assist <BR> 1c2) to desire, long (fig.) <BR> 1c3) to carry, bear continuously <BR> 1c4) to take, take away <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) to lift oneself up, exalt oneself <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) <BR> 1e1) to cause one to bear (iniquity) <BR> 1e2) to cause to bring, have brought 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nā·śā
         shall bear 
    
 
        
            שְׁמ֨וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁמ֨וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·mō·wṯ
                
                
                     the names 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8034 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) name <BR> 1a) name <BR> 1b) reputation, fame, glory <BR> 1c) the Name (as designation of God) <BR> 1d) memorial, monument 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·mō·wṯ
         the names 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê-
                
                
                     of the sons 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê-
         of the sons 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     of Israel 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         of Israel 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     over 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         over 
    
 
        
            לִבּ֖וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִבּ֖וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lib·bōw
                
                
                     his heart 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3820 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) inner man, mind, will, heart, understanding <BR> 1a) inner part, midst <BR> 1a1) midst (of things) <BR> 1a2) heart (of man) <BR> 1a3) soul, heart (of man) <BR> 1a4) mind, knowledge, thinking, reflection, memory <BR> 1a5) inclination, resolution, determination (of will) <BR> 1a6) conscience <BR> 1a7) heart (of moral character) <BR> 1a8) as seat of appetites <BR> 1a9) as seat of emotions and passions 1a10) as seat of courage 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lib·bōw
         his heart 
    
 
        
            בְּחֹ֧שֶׁן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּחֹ֧שֶׁן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ḥō·šen
                
                
                     on the breastpiece 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2833 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) breastplate, breastpiece <BR> 1a) sacred pouch of the high priest designed to hold the Urim and Thummim 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ḥō·šen
         on the breastpiece 
    
 
        
            הַמִּשְׁפָּ֛ט 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמִּשְׁפָּ֛ט 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·miš·pāṭ
                
                
                     of judgment , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4941 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) judgment, justice, ordinance <BR> 1a) judgment <BR> 1a1) act of deciding a case <BR> 1a2) place, court, seat of judgment <BR> 1a3) process, procedure, litigation (before judges) <BR> 1a4) case, cause (presented for judgment) <BR> 1a5) sentence, decision (of judgment) <BR> 1a6) execution (of judgment) <BR> 1a7) time (of judgment) <BR> 1b) justice, right, rectitude (attributes of God or man) <BR> 1c) ordinance <BR> 1d) decision (in law) <BR> 1e) right, privilege, due (legal) <BR> 1f) proper, fitting, measure, fitness, custom, manner, plan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·miš·pāṭ
         of judgment , 
    
 
        
            תָּמִֽיד׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תָּמִֽיד׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tā·mîḏ
                
                
                     as a continual 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8548 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) continuity, perpetuity, to stretch <BR> 1a) continually, continuously (as adverb) <BR> 1b) continuity (subst) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tā·mîḏ
         as a continual 
    
 
        
            לְזִכָּרֹ֥ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְזִכָּרֹ֥ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·zik·kā·rōn
                
                
                     reminder 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2146 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) memorial, reminder, remembrance 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·zik·kā·rōn
         reminder 
    
 
        
            לִפְנֵֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִפְנֵֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lip̄·nê-
                
                
                     before 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lip̄·nê-
         before 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And place the Urim and Thummim in the breastpiece of judgment, so that they will also be over Aaron’s heart whenever he comes before the LORD. Aaron will continually carry the judgment of the sons of Israel over his heart before the LORD.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְנָתַתָּ֞ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנָתַתָּ֞ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nā·ṯa·tā
                
                
                     And place 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nā·ṯa·tā
         And place 
    
 
        
            הָאוּרִים֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאוּרִים֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ū·rîm
                
                
                     the Urim 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        224 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Urim = |lights|<BR> 1) stones kept in a pouch on the high-priest's breastplate, used in determining God's decision in certain questions and issues 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ū·rîm
         the Urim 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הַתֻּמִּ֔ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַתֻּמִּ֔ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hat·tum·mîm
                
                
                     and Thummim 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8550 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Thummim = |perfection|<BR> 1) stones provided for the means of achieving a sacred lot <BR> 1a) used with the Urim, the will of God was revealed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hat·tum·mîm
         and Thummim 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     in 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         in 
    
 
        
            חֹ֣שֶׁן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֹ֣שֶׁן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥō·šen
                
                
                     the breastpiece 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2833 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) breastplate, breastpiece <BR> 1a) sacred pouch of the high priest designed to hold the Urim and Thummim 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥō·šen
         the breastpiece 
    
 
        
            הַמִּשְׁפָּ֗ט 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמִּשְׁפָּ֗ט 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·miš·pāṭ
                
                
                     of judgment , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4941 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) judgment, justice, ordinance <BR> 1a) judgment <BR> 1a1) act of deciding a case <BR> 1a2) place, court, seat of judgment <BR> 1a3) process, procedure, litigation (before judges) <BR> 1a4) case, cause (presented for judgment) <BR> 1a5) sentence, decision (of judgment) <BR> 1a6) execution (of judgment) <BR> 1a7) time (of judgment) <BR> 1b) justice, right, rectitude (attributes of God or man) <BR> 1c) ordinance <BR> 1d) decision (in law) <BR> 1e) right, privilege, due (legal) <BR> 1f) proper, fitting, measure, fitness, custom, manner, plan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·miš·pāṭ
         of judgment , 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            וְהָיוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהָיוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hā·yū
                
                
                     so that they will also be 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hā·yū
         so that they will also be 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     over 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         over 
    
 
        
            אַהֲרֹ֔ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַהֲרֹ֔ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’a·hă·rōn
                
                
                     Aaron’s 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        175 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Aaron = |light bringer|<BR> 1) brother of Moses, a Levite and the first high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’a·hă·rōn
         Aaron’s 
    
 
        
            לֵ֣ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵ֣ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lêḇ
                
                
                     heart 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3820 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) inner man, mind, will, heart, understanding <BR> 1a) inner part, midst <BR> 1a1) midst (of things) <BR> 1a2) heart (of man) <BR> 1a3) soul, heart (of man) <BR> 1a4) mind, knowledge, thinking, reflection, memory <BR> 1a5) inclination, resolution, determination (of will) <BR> 1a6) conscience <BR> 1a7) heart (of moral character) <BR> 1a8) as seat of appetites <BR> 1a9) as seat of emotions and passions 1a10) as seat of courage 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lêḇ
         heart 
    
 
        
            בְּבֹא֖וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּבֹא֖וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ḇō·’ōw
                
                
                     whenever he comes 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        935 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go in, enter, come, go, come in <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to enter, come in <BR> 1a2) to come <BR> 1a2a) to come with <BR> 1a2b) to come upon, fall or light upon, attack (enemy) <BR> 1a2c) to come to pass <BR> 1a3) to attain to <BR> 1a4) to be enumerated <BR> 1a5) to go <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to lead in <BR> 1b2) to carry in <BR> 1b3) to bring in, cause to come in, gather, cause to come, bring near, bring against, bring upon <BR> 1b4) to bring to pass <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be brought, brought in <BR> 1c2) to be introduced, be put 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ḇō·’ōw
         whenever he comes 
    
 
        
            לִפְנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִפְנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lip̄·nê
                
                
                     before 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - common plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lip̄·nê
         before 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD . 
    
 
        
            אַ֠הֲרֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַ֠הֲרֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’a·hă·rōn
                
                
                     Aaron 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        175 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Aaron = |light bringer|<BR> 1) brother of Moses, a Levite and the first high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’a·hă·rōn
         Aaron 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            תָּמִֽיד׃ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תָּמִֽיד׃ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tā·mîḏ
                
                
                     will continually 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8548 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) continuity, perpetuity, to stretch <BR> 1a) continually, continuously (as adverb) <BR> 1b) continuity (subst) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tā·mîḏ
         will continually 
    
 
        
            וְנָשָׂ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנָשָׂ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nā·śā
                
                
                     carry 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5375 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to lift, bear up, carry, take <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to lift, lift up <BR> 1a2) to bear, carry, support, sustain, endure <BR> 1a3) to take, take away, carry off, forgive <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be lifted up, be exalted <BR> 1b2) to lift oneself up, rise up <BR> 1b3) to be borne, be carried <BR> 1b4) to be taken away, be carried off, be swept away <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to lift up, exalt, support, aid, assist <BR> 1c2) to desire, long (fig.) <BR> 1c3) to carry, bear continuously <BR> 1c4) to take, take away <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) to lift oneself up, exalt oneself <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) <BR> 1e1) to cause one to bear (iniquity) <BR> 1e2) to cause to bring, have brought 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nā·śā
         carry 
    
 
        
            מִשְׁפַּ֨ט 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִשְׁפַּ֨ט 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miš·paṭ
                
                
                     the judgment 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4941 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) judgment, justice, ordinance <BR> 1a) judgment <BR> 1a1) act of deciding a case <BR> 1a2) place, court, seat of judgment <BR> 1a3) process, procedure, litigation (before judges) <BR> 1a4) case, cause (presented for judgment) <BR> 1a5) sentence, decision (of judgment) <BR> 1a6) execution (of judgment) <BR> 1a7) time (of judgment) <BR> 1b) justice, right, rectitude (attributes of God or man) <BR> 1c) ordinance <BR> 1d) decision (in law) <BR> 1e) right, privilege, due (legal) <BR> 1f) proper, fitting, measure, fitness, custom, manner, plan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miš·paṭ
         the judgment 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê-
                
                
                     of the sons 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê-
         of the sons 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֧ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֧ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     of Israel 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         of Israel 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     over 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         over 
    
 
        
            לִבּ֛וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִבּ֛וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lib·bōw
                
                
                     his heart 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3820 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) inner man, mind, will, heart, understanding <BR> 1a) inner part, midst <BR> 1a1) midst (of things) <BR> 1a2) heart (of man) <BR> 1a3) soul, heart (of man) <BR> 1a4) mind, knowledge, thinking, reflection, memory <BR> 1a5) inclination, resolution, determination (of will) <BR> 1a6) conscience <BR> 1a7) heart (of moral character) <BR> 1a8) as seat of appetites <BR> 1a9) as seat of emotions and passions 1a10) as seat of courage 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lib·bōw
         his heart 
    
 
        
            לִפְנֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִפְנֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lip̄·nê
                
                
                     before 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - common plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lip̄·nê
         before 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            You are to make the robe of the ephod entirely of blue cloth,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְעָשִׂ֛יתָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעָשִׂ֛יתָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘ā·śî·ṯā
                
                
                     You are to make 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘ā·śî·ṯā
         You are to make 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מְעִ֥יל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְעִ֥יל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·‘îl
                
                
                     the robe 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4598 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) robe <BR> 1a) a garment worn over a tunic by men of rank <BR> 1b) a long garment worn by David's daughters <BR> 1c) a garment of the high priest <BR> 1d) (fig.) of attributes 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·‘îl
         the robe 
    
 
        
            הָאֵפ֖וֹד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאֵפ֖וֹד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ê·p̄ō·wḏ
                
                
                     of the ephod 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        646 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ephod <BR> 1a) priestly garment, shoulder-cape or mantle, outer garment <BR> 1a1) worn by an ordinary priest and made of white stuff <BR> 1a2) worn by the high priest-more costly, woven of gold, blue, purple, scarlet, and linen threads provided with shoulder-pieces and a breast piece of like material, ornamented with gems and gold 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ê·p̄ō·wḏ
         of the ephod 
    
 
        
            כְּלִ֥יל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּלִ֥יל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·lîl
                
                
                     entirely 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3632 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) entire, all, perfect <BR> adv <BR> 2) entirety <BR> subst <BR> 3) whole, whole burnt offering, holocaust, entirety 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·lîl
         entirely 
    
 
        
            תְּכֵֽלֶת׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְּכֵֽלֶת׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tə·ḵê·leṯ
                
                
                     of blue cloth , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8504 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) violet, violet stuff <BR> 1a) violet thread <BR> 1b) violet stuff or fabric <BR> 2) (TWOT) blue (covering spectrum from brilliant red through deep purple) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tə·ḵê·leṯ
         of blue cloth , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            with an opening at its top in the center. Around the opening shall be a woven collar with an opening like that of a garment, so that it will not tear.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְהָיָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהָיָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hā·yāh
                
                
                     with 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hā·yāh
         with 
    
 
        
            פִֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פִֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    p̄î-
                
                
                     an opening 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6310 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        peh<BR> 1) mouth <BR> 1a) mouth (of man)<BR> 1b) mouth (as organ of speech) <BR> 1c) mouth (of animals) <BR> 1d) mouth, opening, orifice (of a well, river, etc) <BR> 1e) extremity, end pim <BR> 2) a weight equal to one third of a shekel, occurs only in 1Sa 13:21 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        p̄î-
         an opening 
    
 
        
            רֹאשׁ֖וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רֹאשׁ֖וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rō·šōw
                
                
                     at its top 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7218 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) head, top, summit, upper part, chief, total, sum, height, front, beginning <BR> 1a) head (of man, animals) <BR> 1b) top, tip (of mountain) <BR> 1c) height (of stars) <BR> 1d) chief, head (of man, city, nation, place, family, priest) <BR> 1e) head, front, beginning <BR> 1f) chief, choicest, best <BR> 1g) head, division, company, band <BR> 1h) sum 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rō·šōw
         at its top 
    
 
        
            בְּתוֹכ֑וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּתוֹכ֑וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ṯō·w·ḵōw
                
                
                     in the center . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8432 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) midst, middle <BR> 1a) midst, middle <BR> 1b) into, through (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1c) among (of a number of persons) <BR> 1d) between (of things arranged by twos) <BR> 1e) from among (as to take or separate etc) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ṯō·w·ḵōw
         in the center . 
    
 
        
            סָבִ֜יב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סָבִ֜יב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sā·ḇîḇ
                
                
                     Around [the opening] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5439 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) places round about, circuit, round about <BR> adv <BR> 2) in a circuit, a circuit, round about <BR> prep <BR> 3) in the circuit, from every side 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sā·ḇîḇ
         Around [the opening] 
    
 
        
            יִֽהְיֶה֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִֽהְיֶה֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yih·yeh
                
                
                     shall be 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yih·yeh
         shall be 
    
 
        
            מַעֲשֵׂ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַעֲשֵׂ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ma·‘ă·śêh
                
                
                     a woven 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4639 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) deed, work <BR> 1a) deed, thing done, act <BR> 1b) work, labour <BR> 1c) business, pursuit <BR> 1d) undertaking, enterprise <BR> 1e) achievement <BR> 1f) deeds, works (of deliverance and judgment) <BR> 1g) work, thing made <BR> 1h) work (of God) <BR> 1i) product 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ma·‘ă·śêh
         a woven 
    
 
        
            אֹרֵ֗ג 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹרֵ֗ג 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·rêḡ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        707 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to weave <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to weave (cloth) <BR> 1a2) to braid (Samson's hair) <BR> 1a3) weaver (subst.) <BR> 1a4) intrigue (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·rêḡ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            שָׂפָ֡ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׂפָ֡ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    śā·p̄āh
                
                
                     collar 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8193 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) lip, language, speech, shore, bank, brink, brim, side, edge, border, binding <BR> 1a) lip (as body part) <BR> 1b) language <BR> 1c) edge, shore, bank (of cup, sea, river, etc) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        śā·p̄āh
         collar 
    
 
        
            לְפִ֨יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְפִ֨יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·p̄îw
                
                
                     with an opening 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6310 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        peh<BR> 1) mouth <BR> 1a) mouth (of man)<BR> 1b) mouth (as organ of speech) <BR> 1c) mouth (of animals) <BR> 1d) mouth, opening, orifice (of a well, river, etc) <BR> 1e) extremity, end pim <BR> 2) a weight equal to one third of a shekel, occurs only in 1Sa 13:21 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·p̄îw
         with an opening 
    
 
        
            כְּפִ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּפִ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·p̄î
                
                
                     like that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-k | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6310 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        peh<BR> 1) mouth <BR> 1a) mouth (of man)<BR> 1b) mouth (as organ of speech) <BR> 1c) mouth (of animals) <BR> 1d) mouth, opening, orifice (of a well, river, etc) <BR> 1e) extremity, end pim <BR> 2) a weight equal to one third of a shekel, occurs only in 1Sa 13:21 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·p̄î
         like that 
    
 
        
            תַחְרָ֛א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַחְרָ֛א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯaḥ·rā
                
                
                     of a garment , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8473 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) corselet 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯaḥ·rā
         of a garment , 
    
 
        
            יִֽהְיֶה־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִֽהְיֶה־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yih·yeh-
                
                
                     so that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yih·yeh-
         so that 
    
 
        
            לּ֖וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לּ֖וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lōw
                
                
                     it 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lōw
         it 
    
 
        
            לֹ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֹ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lō
                
                
                     will not 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lō
         will not 
    
 
        
            יִקָּרֵֽעַ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִקָּרֵֽעַ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiq·qā·rê·a‘
                
                
                     tear . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Nifal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7167 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to tear, tear in pieces <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to tear, rend <BR> 1a2) to tear away or out <BR> 1a3) to tear, rend asunder <BR> 1a3a) to make wide or large (of eyes) <BR> 1a3b) to rend open (of heavens) <BR> 1a4) to tear, rend (of wild beasts) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be rent, be split asunder 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiq·qā·rê·a‘
         tear . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Make pomegranates of blue, purple, and scarlet yarn all the way around the lower hem, with gold bells between them,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְעָשִׂ֣יתָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעָשִׂ֣יתָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘ā·śî·ṯā
                
                
                     Make 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘ā·śî·ṯā
         Make 
    
 
        
            רִמֹּנֵי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רִמֹּנֵי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rim·mō·nê
                
                
                     pomegranates 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7416 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) pomegranate <BR> 1a) as tree <BR> 1b) as fruit <BR> 1c) as pomegranate shaped ornaments in temple 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rim·mō·nê
         pomegranates 
    
 
        
            תְּכֵ֤לֶת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְּכֵ֤לֶת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tə·ḵê·leṯ
                
                
                     of blue , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8504 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) violet, violet stuff <BR> 1a) violet thread <BR> 1b) violet stuff or fabric <BR> 2) (TWOT) blue (covering spectrum from brilliant red through deep purple) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tə·ḵê·leṯ
         of blue , 
    
 
        
            וְאַרְגָּמָן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאַרְגָּמָן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ar·gā·mān
                
                
                     purple , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        713 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) purple, red-purple 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ar·gā·mān
         purple , 
    
 
        
            וְתוֹלַ֣עַת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְתוֹלַ֣עַת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ṯō·w·la·‘aṯ
                
                
                     and scarlet yarn 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8438 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) worm, scarlet stuff, crimson <BR> 1a) worm-the female 'coccus ilicis' <BR> 1b) scarlet stuff, crimson, scarlet <BR> 1b1) the dye made from the dried body of the female of the worm |coccus ilicis| <BR> 2) worm, maggot <BR> 2a) worm, grub <BR> 2b) the worm |coccus ilicis| <BR> ++++<BR> When the female of the scarlet worm species was ready to give birth to her young, she would attach her body to the trunk of a tree, fixing herself so firmly and permanently that she would never leave again. The eggs deposited beneath her body were thus protected until the larvae were hatched and able to enter their own life cycle. As the mother died, the crimson fluid stained her body and the surrounding wood. From the dead bodies of such female scarlet worms, the commercial scarlet dyes of antiquity were extracted. What a picture this gives of Christ, dying on the tree, shedding His precious blood that He might |bring many sons unto glory| (Heb 2:10)! He died for us, that we might live through him! Ps 22:6 describes such a worm and gives us this picture of Christ. (cf. Isa 1:18) (from page 73, |Biblical Basis for Modern Science|, 1985, Baker Book House, by Henry Morris) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ṯō·w·la·‘aṯ
         and scarlet yarn 
    
 
        
            שָׁנִ֔י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁנִ֔י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šā·nî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8144 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) scarlet, crimson <BR> 1a) properly, the insect 'coccus ilicis', the dried body of the female yielding colouring matter from which is made the dye used for cloth to colour it scarlet or crimson 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šā·nî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            שׁוּלָ֖יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שׁוּלָ֖יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šū·lāw
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7757 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) skirt (of robe) <BR> 1a) of high priest's robe <BR> 1b) of God's train, city as woman, ignominy, defilement (fig) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šū·lāw
         . . . 
    
 
        
            סָבִ֑יב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סָבִ֑יב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sā·ḇîḇ
                
                
                     all the way around the lower 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5439 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) places round about, circuit, round about <BR> adv <BR> 2) in a circuit, a circuit, round about <BR> prep <BR> 3) in the circuit, from every side 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sā·ḇîḇ
         all the way around the lower 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         - 
    
 
        
            שׁוּלָ֗יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שׁוּלָ֗יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šū·lāw
                
                
                     hem , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7757 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) skirt (of robe) <BR> 1a) of high priest's robe <BR> 1b) of God's train, city as woman, ignominy, defilement (fig) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šū·lāw
         hem , 
    
 
        
            זָהָ֛ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זָהָ֛ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zā·hāḇ
                
                
                     with gold 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2091 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gold <BR> 1a) as precious metal <BR> 1b) as a measure of weight <BR> 1c) of brilliance, splendour (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zā·hāḇ
         with gold 
    
 
        
            וּפַעֲמֹנֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּפַעֲמֹנֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·p̄a·‘ă·mō·nê
                
                
                     bells 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6472 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) bell <BR> 1a) on high priest's robe 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·p̄a·‘ă·mō·nê
         bells 
    
 
        
            בְּתוֹכָ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּתוֹכָ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ṯō·w·ḵām
                
                
                     between 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8432 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) midst, middle <BR> 1a) midst, middle <BR> 1b) into, through (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1c) among (of a number of persons) <BR> 1d) between (of things arranged by twos) <BR> 1e) from among (as to take or separate etc) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ṯō·w·ḵām
         between 
    
 
        
            סָבִֽיב׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סָבִֽיב׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sā·ḇîḇ
                
                
                     them , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5439 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) places round about, circuit, round about <BR> adv <BR> 2) in a circuit, a circuit, round about <BR> prep <BR> 3) in the circuit, from every side 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sā·ḇîḇ
         them , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            alternating the gold bells and pomegranates around the lower hem of the robe.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            סָבִֽיב׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סָבִֽיב׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sā·ḇîḇ
                
                
                     alternating 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5439 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) places round about, circuit, round about <BR> adv <BR> 2) in a circuit, a circuit, round about <BR> prep <BR> 3) in the circuit, from every side 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sā·ḇîḇ
         alternating 
    
 
        
            זָהָב֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זָהָב֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zā·hāḇ
                
                
                     the gold 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2091 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gold <BR> 1a) as precious metal <BR> 1b) as a measure of weight <BR> 1c) of brilliance, splendour (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zā·hāḇ
         the gold 
    
 
        
            פַּעֲמֹ֤ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פַּעֲמֹ֤ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pa·‘ă·mōn
                
                
                     bells 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6472 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) bell <BR> 1a) on high priest's robe 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pa·‘ă·mōn
         bells 
    
 
        
            וְרִמּ֔וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְרִמּ֔וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·rim·mō·wn
                
                
                     and pomegranates 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7416 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) pomegranate <BR> 1a) as tree <BR> 1b) as fruit <BR> 1c) as pomegranate shaped ornaments in temple 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·rim·mō·wn
         and pomegranates 
    
 
        
            פַּֽעֲמֹ֥ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פַּֽעֲמֹ֥ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pa·‘ă·mōn
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6472 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) bell <BR> 1a) on high priest's robe 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pa·‘ă·mōn
         . . . 
    
 
        
            זָהָ֖ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זָהָ֖ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zā·hāḇ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2091 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gold <BR> 1a) as precious metal <BR> 1b) as a measure of weight <BR> 1c) of brilliance, splendour (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zā·hāḇ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וְרִמּ֑וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְרִמּ֑וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·rim·mō·wn
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7416 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) pomegranate <BR> 1a) as tree <BR> 1b) as fruit <BR> 1c) as pomegranate shaped ornaments in temple 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·rim·mō·wn
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            שׁוּלֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שׁוּלֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šū·lê
                
                
                     {around} the lower hem 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7757 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) skirt (of robe) <BR> 1a) of high priest's robe <BR> 1b) of God's train, city as woman, ignominy, defilement (fig) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šū·lê
         {around} the lower hem 
    
 
        
            הַמְּעִ֖יל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמְּעִ֖יל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·mə·‘îl
                
                
                     of the robe . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4598 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) robe <BR> 1a) a garment worn over a tunic by men of rank <BR> 1b) a long garment worn by David's daughters <BR> 1c) a garment of the high priest <BR> 1d) (fig.) of attributes 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·mə·‘îl
         of the robe . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Aaron must wear the robe whenever he ministers, and its sound will be heard when he enters or exits the sanctuary before the LORD, so that he will not die.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְהָיָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהָיָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hā·yāh
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hā·yāh
         
    
 
        
            אַהֲרֹ֖ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַהֲרֹ֖ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’a·hă·rōn
                
                
                     Aaron 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        175 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Aaron = |light bringer|<BR> 1) brother of Moses, a Levite and the first high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’a·hă·rōn
         Aaron 
    
 
        
            עַֽל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַֽל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     must wear [the robe] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         must wear [the robe] 
    
 
        
            לְשָׁרֵ֑ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְשָׁרֵ֑ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·šā·rêṯ
                
                
                     whenever he ministers , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Piel - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8334 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Piel) to minister, serve, minister to 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·šā·rêṯ
         whenever he ministers , 
    
 
        
            ק֠וֹלוֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ק֠וֹלוֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qō·w·lōw
                
                
                     and its sound 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6963 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) voice, sound, noise <BR> 1a) voice <BR> 1b) sound (of instrument) <BR> 2) lightness, frivolity 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qō·w·lōw
         and its sound 
    
 
        
            וְנִשְׁמַ֣ע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנִשְׁמַ֣ע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·niš·ma‘
                
                
                     will be heard 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Nifal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8085 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        v <BR> 1) to hear, listen to, obey <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to hear (perceive by ear) <BR> 1a2) to hear of or concerning <BR> 1a3) to hear (have power to hear) <BR> 1a4) to hear with attention or interest, listen to <BR> 1a5) to understand (language) <BR> 1a6) to hear (of judicial cases) <BR> 1a7) to listen, give heed <BR> 1a7a) to consent, agree <BR> 1a7b) to grant request <BR> 1a8) to listen to, yield to <BR> 1a9) to obey, be obedient <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be heard (of voice or sound) <BR> 1b2) to be heard of <BR> 1b3) to be regarded, be obeyed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to cause to hear, call to hear, summon <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to hear, tell, proclaim, utter a sound <BR> 1d2) to sound aloud (musical term) <BR> 1d3) to make proclamation, summon <BR> 1d4) to cause to be heard <BR> n m <BR> 2) sound 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·niš·ma‘
         will be heard 
    
 
        
            בְּבֹא֨וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּבֹא֨וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ḇō·’ōw
                
                
                     when he enters 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        935 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go in, enter, come, go, come in <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to enter, come in <BR> 1a2) to come <BR> 1a2a) to come with <BR> 1a2b) to come upon, fall or light upon, attack (enemy) <BR> 1a2c) to come to pass <BR> 1a3) to attain to <BR> 1a4) to be enumerated <BR> 1a5) to go <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to lead in <BR> 1b2) to carry in <BR> 1b3) to bring in, cause to come in, gather, cause to come, bring near, bring against, bring upon <BR> 1b4) to bring to pass <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be brought, brought in <BR> 1c2) to be introduced, be put 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ḇō·’ōw
         when he enters 
    
 
        
            וּבְצֵאת֖וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְצֵאת֖וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·ṣê·ṯōw
                
                
                     or exits 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-b | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3318 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go out, come out, exit, go forth <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go or come out or forth, depart <BR> 1a2) to go forth (to a place) <BR> 1a3) to go forward, proceed to (to or toward something) <BR> 1a4) to come or go forth (with purpose or for result) <BR> 1a5) to come out of <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to cause to go or come out, bring out, lead out <BR> 1b2) to bring out of <BR> 1b3) to lead out <BR> 1b4) to deliver <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be brought out or forth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·ṣê·ṯōw
         or exits 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            הַקֹּ֜דֶשׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַקֹּ֜דֶשׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haq·qō·ḏeš
                
                
                     the sanctuary 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6944 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) apartness, holiness, sacredness, separateness <BR> 1a) apartness, sacredness, holiness <BR> 1a1) of God <BR> 1a2) of places <BR> 1a3) of things <BR> 1b) set-apartness, separateness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haq·qō·ḏeš
         the sanctuary 
    
 
        
            לִפְנֵ֧י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִפְנֵ֧י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lip̄·nê
                
                
                     before 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - common plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lip̄·nê
         before 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֛ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֛ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD , 
    
 
        
            וְלֹ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלֹ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lō
                
                
                     so that he will not 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lō
         so that he will not 
    
 
        
            יָמֽוּת׃ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָמֽוּת׃ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·mūṯ
                
                
                     die . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4191 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to die, kill, have one executed <BR> 1a)(Qal) <BR> 1a1) to die <BR> 1a2) to die (as penalty), be put to death <BR> 1a3) to die, perish (of a nation) <BR> 1a4) to die prematurely (by neglect of wise moral conduct) <BR> 1b) (Polel) to kill, put to death, dispatch <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) to kill, put to death <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be killed, be put to death <BR> 1d1a) to die prematurely 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·mūṯ
         die . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            You are to make a plate of pure gold and engrave on it as on a seal: HOLY TO THE LORD.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְעָשִׂ֥יתָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעָשִׂ֥יתָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘ā·śî·ṯā
                
                
                     You are to make 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘ā·śî·ṯā
         You are to make 
    
 
        
            צִּ֖יץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צִּ֖יץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣîṣ
                
                
                     a plate 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6731 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) flower, bloom <BR> 1a) flower, bloom <BR> 1b) shining thing (of gold plate on high priest's mitre) (metaph.) <BR> 2) feather, wing <BR> 2a) meaning dubious 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣîṣ
         a plate 
    
 
        
            טָה֑וֹר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
טָה֑וֹר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṭā·hō·wr
                
                
                     of pure 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2889 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) pure, clean <BR> 1a) clean (ceremonially-of animals) <BR> 1b) pure (physically) <BR> 1c) pure, clean (morally, ethically) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṭā·hō·wr
         of pure 
    
 
        
            זָהָ֣ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זָהָ֣ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zā·hāḇ
                
                
                     gold 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2091 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gold <BR> 1a) as precious metal <BR> 1b) as a measure of weight <BR> 1c) of brilliance, splendour (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zā·hāḇ
         gold 
    
 
        
            וּפִתַּחְתָּ֤ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּפִתַּחְתָּ֤ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·p̄it·taḥ·tā
                
                
                     and engrave 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to open <BR> 1a) (Qal) to open <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be opened, be let loose, be thrown open <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to free <BR> 1c2) to loosen <BR> 1c3) to open, open oneself <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) to loose oneself <BR> 2) to carve, engrave <BR> 2a) (Piel) to engrave <BR> 2b) (Pual) to be engraved 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·p̄it·taḥ·tā
         and engrave 
    
 
        
            עָלָיו֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָלָיו֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·lāw
                
                
                     on it 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·lāw
         on it 
    
 
        
            פִּתּוּחֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פִּתּוּחֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pit·tū·ḥê
                
                
                     [as] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6603 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) engraving, carving 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pit·tū·ḥê
         [as] 
    
 
        
            חֹתָ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֹתָ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥō·ṯām
                
                
                     on a seal : 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2368 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) seal, signet, signet-ring 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥō·ṯām
         on a seal : 
    
 
        
            קֹ֖דֶשׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֹ֖דֶשׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qō·ḏeš
                
                
                     HOLY 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6944 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) apartness, holiness, sacredness, separateness <BR> 1a) apartness, sacredness, holiness <BR> 1a1) of God <BR> 1a2) of places <BR> 1a3) of things <BR> 1b) set-apartness, separateness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qō·ḏeš
         HOLY 
    
 
        
            לַֽיהוָֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַֽיהוָֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     TO THE LORD . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         TO THE LORD . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Fasten to it a blue cord to mount it on the turban; it shall be on the front of the turban.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְשַׂמְתָּ֤ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְשַׂמְתָּ֤ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·śam·tā
                
                
                     Fasten 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7760 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to put, place, set, appoint, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to put, set, lay, put or lay upon, lay (violent) hands on <BR> 1a2) to set, direct, direct toward <BR> 1a2a) to extend (compassion) (fig) <BR> 1a3) to set, ordain, establish, found, appoint, constitute, make, determine, fix <BR> 1a4) to set, station, put, set in place, plant, fix <BR> 1a5) to make, make for, transform into, constitute, fashion, work, bring to pass, appoint, give <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) to set or make for a sign <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be set 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·śam·tā
         Fasten 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     to it 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         to it 
    
 
        
            אֹתוֹ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹתוֹ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯōw
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯōw
         - 
    
 
        
            תְּכֵ֔לֶת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְּכֵ֔לֶת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tə·ḵê·leṯ
                
                
                     a blue 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8504 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) violet, violet stuff <BR> 1a) violet thread <BR> 1b) violet stuff or fabric <BR> 2) (TWOT) blue (covering spectrum from brilliant red through deep purple) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tə·ḵê·leṯ
         a blue 
    
 
        
            פְּתִ֣יל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פְּתִ֣יל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pə·ṯîl
                
                
                     cord 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6616 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) cord, thread (twisted) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pə·ṯîl
         cord 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     to mount it on 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         to mount it on 
    
 
        
            הַמִּצְנָ֑פֶת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמִּצְנָ֑פֶת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·miṣ·nā·p̄eṯ
                
                
                     the turban ; 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4701 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) turban (of the high priest) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·miṣ·nā·p̄eṯ
         the turban ; 
    
 
        
            וְהָיָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהָיָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hā·yāh
                
                
                     it shall be 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hā·yāh
         it shall be 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     on 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         on 
    
 
        
            מ֥וּל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מ֥וּל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mūl
                
                
                     the front 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4136 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n m <BR> 1) front <BR> 1a) front <BR> 1b) in the opposite direction <BR> prep <BR> 2) in front of <BR> 2a) in front of <BR> 2b) (with prefix) <BR> 2b1) towards the front of, to the front of, on the front of <BR> 2b2) from the front of, off the front of, close in front of, on the forefront of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mūl
         the front 
    
 
        
            פְּנֵֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פְּנֵֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pə·nê-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pə·nê-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            הַמִּצְנֶ֖פֶת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמִּצְנֶ֖פֶת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·miṣ·ne·p̄eṯ
                
                
                     of the turban 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4701 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) turban (of the high priest) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·miṣ·ne·p̄eṯ
         of the turban 
    
 
        
            יִהְיֶֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִהְיֶֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yih·yeh
                
                
                     . . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yih·yeh
         . . . . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And it will be worn on Aaron’s forehead, so that he may bear the iniquity of the holy things that the sons of Israel consecrate with regard to all their holy gifts. It shall always be on his forehead, so that they may be acceptable before the LORD.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְהָיָה֮ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהָיָה֮ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hā·yāh
                
                
                     And it will be [worn] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hā·yāh
         And it will be [worn] 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     on 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         on 
    
 
        
            אַהֲרֹן֒ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַהֲרֹן֒ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’a·hă·rōn
                
                
                     Aaron’s 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        175 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Aaron = |light bringer|<BR> 1) brother of Moses, a Levite and the first high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’a·hă·rōn
         Aaron’s 
    
 
        
            מֵ֣צַח 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵ֣צַח 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·ṣaḥ
                
                
                     forehead , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4696 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) brow, forehead 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·ṣaḥ
         forehead , 
    
 
        
            אַהֲרֹ֜ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַהֲרֹ֜ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’a·hă·rōn
                
                
                     so that [he] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        175 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Aaron = |light bringer|<BR> 1) brother of Moses, a Levite and the first high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’a·hă·rōn
         so that [he] 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            וְנָשָׂ֨א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנָשָׂ֨א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nā·śā
                
                
                     may bear 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5375 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to lift, bear up, carry, take <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to lift, lift up <BR> 1a2) to bear, carry, support, sustain, endure <BR> 1a3) to take, take away, carry off, forgive <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be lifted up, be exalted <BR> 1b2) to lift oneself up, rise up <BR> 1b3) to be borne, be carried <BR> 1b4) to be taken away, be carried off, be swept away <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to lift up, exalt, support, aid, assist <BR> 1c2) to desire, long (fig.) <BR> 1c3) to carry, bear continuously <BR> 1c4) to take, take away <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) to lift oneself up, exalt oneself <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) <BR> 1e1) to cause one to bear (iniquity) <BR> 1e2) to cause to bring, have brought 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nā·śā
         may bear 
    
 
        
            עֲוֺ֣ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲוֺ֣ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·wōn
                
                
                     the iniquity 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5771 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) perversity, depravity, iniquity, guilt or punishment of iniquity <BR> 1a) iniquity <BR> 1b) guilt of iniquity, guilt (as great), guilt (of condition) <BR> 1c) consequence of or punishment for iniquity 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·wōn
         the iniquity 
    
 
        
            הַקֳּדָשִׁ֗ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַקֳּדָשִׁ֗ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haq·qo·ḏā·šîm
                
                
                     of the holy things 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6944 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) apartness, holiness, sacredness, separateness <BR> 1a) apartness, sacredness, holiness <BR> 1a1) of God <BR> 1a2) of places <BR> 1a3) of things <BR> 1b) set-apartness, separateness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haq·qo·ḏā·šîm
         of the holy things 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֤ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֤ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         that 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê
                
                
                     the sons 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê
         the sons 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     of Israel 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         of Israel 
    
 
        
            יַקְדִּ֙ישׁוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יַקְדִּ֙ישׁוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yaq·dî·šū
                
                
                     consecrate 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6942 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to consecrate, sanctify, prepare, dedicate, be hallowed, be holy, be sanctified, be separate <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be set apart, be consecrated <BR> 1a2) to be hallowed <BR> 1a3) consecrated, tabooed <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to show oneself sacred or majestic <BR> 1b2) to be honoured, be treated as sacred <BR> 1b3) to be holy <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to set apart as sacred, consecrate, dedicate <BR> 1c2) to observe as holy, keep sacred <BR> 1c3) to honour as sacred, hallow <BR> 1c4) to consecrate <BR> 1d) (Pual) <BR> 1d1) to be consecrated <BR> 1d2) consecrated, dedicated <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) <BR> 1e1) to set apart, devote, consecrate <BR> 1e2) to regard or treat as sacred or hallow <BR> 1e3) to consecrate <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) <BR> 1f1) to keep oneself apart or separate <BR> 1f2) to cause Himself to be hallowed (of God) <BR> 1f3) to be observed as holy <BR> 1f4) to consecrate oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yaq·dî·šū
         consecrate 
    
 
        
            לְכָֽל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְכָֽל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḵāl
                
                
                     with regard to all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḵāl
         with regard to all 
    
 
        
            קָדְשֵׁיהֶ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קָדְשֵׁיהֶ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qā·ḏə·šê·hem
                
                
                     their holy 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6944 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) apartness, holiness, sacredness, separateness <BR> 1a) apartness, sacredness, holiness <BR> 1a1) of God <BR> 1a2) of places <BR> 1a3) of things <BR> 1b) set-apartness, separateness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qā·ḏə·šê·hem
         their holy 
    
 
        
            מַתְּנֹ֖ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַתְּנֹ֖ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mat·tə·nōṯ
                
                
                     gifts . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4979 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gift 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mat·tə·nōṯ
         gifts . 
    
 
        
            תָּמִ֔יד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תָּמִ֔יד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tā·mîḏ
                
                
                     It shall always 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8548 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) continuity, perpetuity, to stretch <BR> 1a) continually, continuously (as adverb) <BR> 1b) continuity (subst) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tā·mîḏ
         It shall always 
    
 
        
            וְהָיָ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהָיָ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hā·yāh
                
                
                     be 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hā·yāh
         be 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     on 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         on 
    
 
        
            מִצְחוֹ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצְחוֹ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·ḥōw
                
                
                     his forehead , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4696 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) brow, forehead 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·ḥōw
         his forehead , 
    
 
        
            לְרָצ֥וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְרָצ֥וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·rā·ṣō·wn
                
                
                     so that they may be acceptable 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7522 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) pleasure, delight, favour, goodwill, acceptance, will <BR> 1a) goodwill, favour <BR> 1b) acceptance <BR> 1c) will, desire, pleasure, self-will 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·rā·ṣō·wn
         so that they may be acceptable 
    
 
        
            לָהֶ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָהֶ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·hem
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·hem
         
    
 
        
            לִפְנֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִפְנֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lip̄·nê
                
                
                     before 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - common plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lip̄·nê
         before 
    
 
        
            יְהוָֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            You are to weave the tunic with fine linen, make the turban of fine linen, and fashion an embroidered sash.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְשִׁבַּצְתָּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְשִׁבַּצְתָּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·šib·baṣ·tā
                
                
                     You are to weave 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7660 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to weave in checkered or plaited work or pattern (meaning probable) <BR> 1a) (Piel) to weave, plait <BR> 1b) (Pual) inwoven, set (participle) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·šib·baṣ·tā
         You are to weave 
    
 
        
            הַכְּתֹ֣נֶת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַכְּתֹ֣נֶת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hak·kə·ṯō·neṯ
                
                
                     the tunic 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3801 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) tunic, under-garment<BR> 1a) a long shirt-like garment usually of linen 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hak·kə·ṯō·neṯ
         the tunic 
    
 
        
            שֵׁ֔שׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שֵׁ֔שׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šêš
                
                
                     with fine linen , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8336 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) something bleached white, byssus, linen, fine linen <BR> 2) alabaster, similar stone, marble 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šêš
         with fine linen , 
    
 
        
            וְעָשִׂ֖יתָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעָשִׂ֖יתָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘ā·śî·ṯā
                
                
                     make 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘ā·śî·ṯā
         make 
    
 
        
            מִצְנֶ֣פֶת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצְנֶ֣פֶת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·ne·p̄eṯ
                
                
                     the turban 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4701 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) turban (of the high priest) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·ne·p̄eṯ
         the turban 
    
 
        
            שֵׁ֑שׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שֵׁ֑שׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šêš
                
                
                     of fine linen , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8336 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) something bleached white, byssus, linen, fine linen <BR> 2) alabaster, similar stone, marble 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šêš
         of fine linen , 
    
 
        
            תַּעֲשֶׂ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַּעֲשֶׂ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ta·‘ă·śeh
                
                
                     and fashion 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ta·‘ă·śeh
         and fashion 
    
 
        
            מַעֲשֵׂ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַעֲשֵׂ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ma·‘ă·śêh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4639 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) deed, work <BR> 1a) deed, thing done, act <BR> 1b) work, labour <BR> 1c) business, pursuit <BR> 1d) undertaking, enterprise <BR> 1e) achievement <BR> 1f) deeds, works (of deliverance and judgment) <BR> 1g) work, thing made <BR> 1h) work (of God) <BR> 1i) product 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ma·‘ă·śêh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            רֹקֵֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רֹקֵֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rō·qêm
                
                
                     an embroidered 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7551 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to variegate, mix colours <BR> 1a) (Qal) variegator (worker in colours) (participle) <BR> 1b) (Pual) to be skilfully wrought or woven 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rō·qêm
         an embroidered 
    
 
        
            וְאַבְנֵ֥ט 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאַבְנֵ֥ט 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’aḇ·nêṭ
                
                
                     sash . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        73 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) girdle, sash, waistband <BR> 1a) of high priest <BR> 1b) of other priests <BR> 1c) of high official 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’aḇ·nêṭ
         sash . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Make tunics, sashes, and headbands for Aaron’s sons, to give them glory and splendor.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וּמִגְבָּעוֹת֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִגְבָּעוֹת֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·miḡ·bā·‘ō·wṯ
                
                
                     and headbands 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4021 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) turban, head-gear 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·miḡ·bā·‘ō·wṯ
         and headbands 
    
 
        
            תַּעֲשֶׂ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַּעֲשֶׂ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ta·‘ă·śeh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ta·‘ă·śeh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לָהֶ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָהֶ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·hem
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·hem
         
    
 
        
            אַהֲרֹן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַהֲרֹן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’a·hă·rōn
                
                
                     for Aaron’s 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        175 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Aaron = |light bringer|<BR> 1) brother of Moses, a Levite and the first high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’a·hă·rōn
         for Aaron’s 
    
 
        
            וְלִבְנֵ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלִבְנֵ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·liḇ·nê
                
                
                     sons , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·liḇ·nê
         sons , 
    
 
        
            וְעָשִׂ֥יתָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעָשִׂ֥יתָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘ā·śî·ṯā
                
                
                     to give 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘ā·śî·ṯā
         to give 
    
 
        
            לָהֶ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָהֶ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·hem
                
                
                     them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·hem
         them 
    
 
        
            לְכָב֖וֹד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְכָב֖וֹד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḵā·ḇō·wḏ
                
                
                     glory 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3519 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) glory, honour, glorious, abundance <BR> 1a) abundance, riches <BR> 1b) honour, splendour, glory <BR> 1c) honour, dignity <BR> 1d) honour, reputation <BR> 1e) honour, reverence, glory <BR> 1f) glory 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḵā·ḇō·wḏ
         glory 
    
 
        
            וּלְתִפְאָֽרֶת׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּלְתִפְאָֽרֶת׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·lə·ṯip̄·’ā·reṯ
                
                
                     and splendor . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8597 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) beauty, splendour, glory <BR> 1a) beauty, finery (of garments, jewels) <BR> 1b) glory <BR> 1b1) of rank, renown <BR> 1b2) as attribute of God <BR> 1c) honour (or nation Israel) <BR> 1d) glorying, boasting (of individual) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·lə·ṯip̄·’ā·reṯ
         and splendor . 
    
 
        
            תַּעֲשֶׂ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַּעֲשֶׂ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ta·‘ă·śeh
                
                
                     Make 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ta·‘ă·śeh
         Make 
    
 
        
            כֻתֳּנֹ֔ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כֻתֳּנֹ֔ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵut·to·nōṯ
                
                
                     tunics , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3801 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) tunic, under-garment<BR> 1a) a long shirt-like garment usually of linen 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵut·to·nōṯ
         tunics , 
    
 
        
            אַבְנֵטִ֑ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַבְנֵטִ֑ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’aḇ·nê·ṭîm
                
                
                     sashes , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        73 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) girdle, sash, waistband <BR> 1a) of high priest <BR> 1b) of other priests <BR> 1c) of high official 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’aḇ·nê·ṭîm
         sashes , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            After you put these garments on your brother Aaron and his sons, anoint them, ordain them, and consecrate them so that they may serve Me as priests.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְהִלְבַּשְׁתָּ֤ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהִלְבַּשְׁתָּ֤ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hil·baš·tā
                
                
                     After you put 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3847 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to dress, wear, clothe, put on clothing, be clothed <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to put on clothes, be clothed, wear <BR> 1a2) to put on, be clothed with (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Pual) to be fully clothed <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) to clothe, array with, dress 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hil·baš·tā
         After you put 
    
 
        
            אֹתָם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹתָם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯām
                
                
                     [these garments] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯām
         [these garments] 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            אָחִ֔יךָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָחִ֔יךָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·ḥî·ḵā
                
                
                     on your brother 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        251 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) brother <BR> 1a) brother of same parents <BR> 1b) half-brother (same father)<BR> 1c) relative, kinship, same tribe <BR> 1d) each to the other (reciprocal relationship) <BR> 1e) (fig.) of resemblance 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·ḥî·ḵā
         on your brother 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            אַהֲרֹ֣ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַהֲרֹ֣ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’a·hă·rōn
                
                
                     Aaron 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        175 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Aaron = |light bringer|<BR> 1) brother of Moses, a Levite and the first high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’a·hă·rōn
         Aaron 
    
 
        
            בָּנָ֖יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּנָ֖יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·nāw
                
                
                     and his sons , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·nāw
         and his sons , 
    
 
        
            אִתּ֑וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִתּ֑וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’it·tōw
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        854 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with, near, together with <BR> 1a) with, together with <BR> 1b) with (of relationship) <BR> 1c) near (of place)<BR> 1d) with (poss.) <BR> 1e) from...with, from (with other prep) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’it·tōw
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וּמָשַׁחְתָּ֨ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמָשַׁחְתָּ֨ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mā·šaḥ·tā
                
                
                     anoint 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4886 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to smear, anoint, spread a liquid <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to smear <BR> 1a2) to anoint (as consecration) <BR> 1a3) to anoint, consecrate <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be anointed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mā·šaḥ·tā
         anoint 
    
 
        
            אֹתָ֜ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹתָ֜ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯām
                
                
                     them , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯām
         them , 
    
 
        
            וּמִלֵּאתָ֧ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִלֵּאתָ֧ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mil·lê·ṯā
                
                
                     ordain 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4390 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fill, be full <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be full <BR> 1a1a) fulness, abundance (participle) <BR> 1a1b) to be full, be accomplished, be ended <BR> 1a2) to consecrate, fill the hand <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be filled, be armed, be satisfied <BR> 1b2) to be accomplished, be ended <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to fill <BR> 1c2) to satisfy <BR> 1c3) to fulfil, accomplish, complete <BR> 1c4) to confirm <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be filled <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to mass themselves against 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mil·lê·ṯā
         ordain 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         them 
    
 
        
            יָדָ֛ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָדָ֛ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·ḏām
                
                
                     . . . , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3027 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 1a) hand (of man)<BR> 1b) strength, power (fig.) <BR> 1c) side (of land), part, portion (metaph.) (fig.) <BR> 1d) (various special, technical senses) <BR> 1d1) sign, monument <BR> 1d2) part, fractional part, share <BR> 1d3) time, repetition <BR> 1d4) axle-trees, axle <BR> 1d5) stays, support (for laver) <BR> 1d6) tenons (in tabernacle) <BR> 1d7) a phallus, a hand (meaning unsure) <BR> 1d8) wrists 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·ḏām
         . . . , 
    
 
        
            וְקִדַּשְׁתָּ֥ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְקִדַּשְׁתָּ֥ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·qid·daš·tā
                
                
                     and consecrate 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6942 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to consecrate, sanctify, prepare, dedicate, be hallowed, be holy, be sanctified, be separate <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be set apart, be consecrated <BR> 1a2) to be hallowed <BR> 1a3) consecrated, tabooed <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to show oneself sacred or majestic <BR> 1b2) to be honoured, be treated as sacred <BR> 1b3) to be holy <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to set apart as sacred, consecrate, dedicate <BR> 1c2) to observe as holy, keep sacred <BR> 1c3) to honour as sacred, hallow <BR> 1c4) to consecrate <BR> 1d) (Pual) <BR> 1d1) to be consecrated <BR> 1d2) consecrated, dedicated <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) <BR> 1e1) to set apart, devote, consecrate <BR> 1e2) to regard or treat as sacred or hallow <BR> 1e3) to consecrate <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) <BR> 1f1) to keep oneself apart or separate <BR> 1f2) to cause Himself to be hallowed (of God) <BR> 1f3) to be observed as holy <BR> 1f4) to consecrate oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·qid·daš·tā
         and consecrate 
    
 
        
            אֹתָ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹתָ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯām
                
                
                     them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯām
         them 
    
 
        
            וְכִהֲנ֥וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכִהֲנ֥וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵi·hă·nū
                
                
                     so that they may serve Me as priests 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3547 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to act as a priest, minister in a priest's office <BR> 1a) (Piel) <BR> 1a1) to minister as a priest, serve as a priest <BR> 1a2) to be or become a priest <BR> 1a3) to play the priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵi·hă·nū
         so that they may serve Me as priests 
    
 
        
            לִֽי׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִֽי׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lî
                
                
                     . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lî
         . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Make linen undergarments to cover their bare flesh, extending from waist to thigh.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַעֲשֵׂ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַעֲשֵׂ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·‘ă·śêh
                
                
                     Make 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·‘ă·śêh
         Make 
    
 
        
            בָ֔ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָ֔ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇāḏ
                
                
                     linen 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        906 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) linen, white linen 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇāḏ
         linen 
    
 
        
            מִכְנְסֵי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִכְנְסֵי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miḵ·nə·sê-
                
                
                     undergarments 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine dual construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4370 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) underwear, drawers, trousers <BR> 1a) a priestly undergarment of linen 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miḵ·nə·sê-
         undergarments 
    
 
        
            לְכַסּ֖וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְכַסּ֖וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḵas·sō·wṯ
                
                
                     to cover 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Piel - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3680 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to cover, conceal, hide <BR> 1a) (Qal) conceal, covered (participle)<BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be covered <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to cover, clothe <BR> 1c2) to cover, conceal <BR> 1c3) to cover (for protection) <BR> 1c4) to cover over, spread over <BR> 1c5) to cover, overwhelm <BR> 1d) (Pual) <BR> 1d1) to be covered <BR> 1d2) to be clothed <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to cover oneself, clothe oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḵas·sō·wṯ
         to cover 
    
 
        
            לָהֶם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָהֶם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·hem
                
                
                     their 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·hem
         their 
    
 
        
            עֶרְוָ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֶרְוָ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘er·wāh
                
                
                     bare 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6172 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) nakedness, nudity, shame, pudenda <BR> 1a) pudenda (implying shameful exposure) <BR> 1b) nakedness of a thing, indecency, improper behaviour <BR> 1c) exposed, undefended (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘er·wāh
         bare 
    
 
        
            בְּשַׂ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּשַׂ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·śar
                
                
                     flesh , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1320 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) flesh <BR> 1a) of the body <BR> 1a1) of humans <BR> 1a2) of animals <BR> 1b) the body itself <BR> 1c) male organ of generation (euphemism) <BR> 1d) kindred, blood-relations <BR> 1e) flesh as frail or erring (man against God) <BR> 1f) all living things <BR> 1g) animals <BR> 1h) mankind 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·śar
         flesh , 
    
 
        
            יִהְיֽוּ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִהְיֽוּ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yih·yū
                
                
                     extending 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yih·yū
         extending 
    
 
        
            מִמָּתְנַ֥יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִמָּתְנַ֥יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mim·mā·ṯə·na·yim
                
                
                     from waist 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - md 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4975 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) loins, hips <BR> 1a) used with H02223 in Pr 30:31; perhaps an extinct animal, exact meaning unknown 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mim·mā·ṯə·na·yim
         from waist 
    
 
        
            וְעַד־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעַד־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘aḏ-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5704 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) as far as, even to, until, up to, while, as far as <BR> 1a) of space <BR> 1a1) as far as, up to, even to <BR> 1b) in combination <BR> 1b1) from...as far as, both...and (with 'min' -from) <BR> 1c) of time <BR> 1c1) even to, until, unto, till, during, end <BR> 1d) of degree <BR> 1d1) even to, to the degree of, even like <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, while, to the point that, so that even 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘aḏ-
         to 
    
 
        
            יְרֵכַ֖יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְרֵכַ֖יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·rê·ḵa·yim
                
                
                     thigh . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - fd 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3409 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) thigh, side, loin, base <BR> 1a) thigh <BR> 1a1) outside of thigh (where sword was worn) <BR> 1a2) loins (as the seat of procreative power) <BR> 1b) side (flank) (of object) <BR> 1c) base 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·rê·ḵa·yim
         thigh . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Aaron and his sons must wear them whenever they enter the Tent of Meeting or approach the altar to minister in the Holy Place, so that they will not incur guilt and die. This is to be a permanent statute for Aaron and his descendants.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אַהֲרֹ֨ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַהֲרֹ֨ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’a·hă·rōn
                
                
                     Aaron 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        175 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Aaron = |light bringer|<BR> 1) brother of Moses, a Levite and the first high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’a·hă·rōn
         Aaron 
    
 
        
            וְעַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘al-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘al-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            בָּנָ֜יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּנָ֜יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·nāw
                
                
                     and his sons 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·nāw
         and his sons 
    
 
        
            וְהָיוּ֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהָיוּ֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hā·yū
                
                
                     must wear them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hā·yū
         must wear them 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            בְּבֹאָ֣ם׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּבֹאָ֣ם׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ḇō·’ām
                
                
                     whenever they enter 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        935 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go in, enter, come, go, come in <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to enter, come in <BR> 1a2) to come <BR> 1a2a) to come with <BR> 1a2b) to come upon, fall or light upon, attack (enemy) <BR> 1a2c) to come to pass <BR> 1a3) to attain to <BR> 1a4) to be enumerated <BR> 1a5) to go <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to lead in <BR> 1b2) to carry in <BR> 1b3) to bring in, cause to come in, gather, cause to come, bring near, bring against, bring upon <BR> 1b4) to bring to pass <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be brought, brought in <BR> 1c2) to be introduced, be put 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ḇō·’ām
         whenever they enter 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אֹ֣הֶל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹ֣הֶל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·hel
                
                
                     the Tent 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        168 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) tent <BR> 1a) nomad's tent, and thus symbolic of wilderness life, transience <BR> 1b) dwelling, home, habitation <BR> 1c) the sacred tent of Jehovah (the tabernacle) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·hel
         the Tent 
    
 
        
            מוֹעֵ֗ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מוֹעֵ֗ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·w·‘êḏ
                
                
                     of Meeting 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4150 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) appointed place, appointed time, meeting <BR> 1a) appointed time <BR> 1a1) appointed time (general) <BR> 1a2) sacred season, set feast, appointed season <BR> 1b) appointed meeting <BR> 1c) appointed place <BR> 1d) appointed sign or signal <BR> 1e) tent of meeting 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·w·‘êḏ
         of Meeting 
    
 
        
            א֣וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
א֣וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ōw
                
                
                     or 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        176 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) or, rather <BR> 1a) implying that the latter choice is preferred <BR> 1b) or if, introducing an example to be seen under a particular principle <BR> 1c) (in series) either...or, whether...or <BR> 1d) if perchance <BR> 1e) except, or else <BR> 2) whether, not the least, if, otherwise, also, and, then 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ōw
         or 
    
 
        
            בְגִשְׁתָּ֤ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְגִשְׁתָּ֤ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇə·ḡiš·tām
                
                
                     approach 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5066 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to draw near, approach <BR> 1a) (Qal) to draw or come near <BR> 1a1) of humans <BR> 1a1a) of sexual intercourse <BR> 1a2) of inanimate subject <BR> 1a2a) to approach one another <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to draw near <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) to cause to approach, bring near, bring <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be brought near <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to draw near 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇə·ḡiš·tām
         approach 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            הַמִּזְבֵּ֙חַ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמִּזְבֵּ֙חַ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·miz·bê·aḥ
                
                
                     the altar 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4196 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) altar 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·miz·bê·aḥ
         the altar 
    
 
        
            לְשָׁרֵ֣ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְשָׁרֵ֣ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·šā·rêṯ
                
                
                     to minister 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Piel - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8334 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Piel) to minister, serve, minister to 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·šā·rêṯ
         to minister 
    
 
        
            בַּקֹּ֔דֶשׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּקֹּ֔דֶשׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    baq·qō·ḏeš
                
                
                     in the Holy [Place] , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6944 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) apartness, holiness, sacredness, separateness <BR> 1a) apartness, sacredness, holiness <BR> 1a1) of God <BR> 1a2) of places <BR> 1a3) of things <BR> 1b) set-apartness, separateness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        baq·qō·ḏeš
         in the Holy [Place] , 
    
 
        
            וְלֹא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלֹא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lō-
                
                
                     so that they will not 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lō-
         so that they will not 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂא֥וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂא֥וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·’ū
                
                
                     incur 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5375 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to lift, bear up, carry, take <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to lift, lift up <BR> 1a2) to bear, carry, support, sustain, endure <BR> 1a3) to take, take away, carry off, forgive <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be lifted up, be exalted <BR> 1b2) to lift oneself up, rise up <BR> 1b3) to be borne, be carried <BR> 1b4) to be taken away, be carried off, be swept away <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to lift up, exalt, support, aid, assist <BR> 1c2) to desire, long (fig.) <BR> 1c3) to carry, bear continuously <BR> 1c4) to take, take away <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) to lift oneself up, exalt oneself <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) <BR> 1e1) to cause one to bear (iniquity) <BR> 1e2) to cause to bring, have brought 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·’ū
         incur 
    
 
        
            עָוֺ֖ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָוֺ֖ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·wōn
                
                
                     guilt 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5771 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) perversity, depravity, iniquity, guilt or punishment of iniquity <BR> 1a) iniquity <BR> 1b) guilt of iniquity, guilt (as great), guilt (of condition) <BR> 1c) consequence of or punishment for iniquity 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·wōn
         guilt 
    
 
        
            וָמֵ֑תוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וָמֵ֑תוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wā·mê·ṯū
                
                
                     and die . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4191 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to die, kill, have one executed <BR> 1a)(Qal) <BR> 1a1) to die <BR> 1a2) to die (as penalty), be put to death <BR> 1a3) to die, perish (of a nation) <BR> 1a4) to die prematurely (by neglect of wise moral conduct) <BR> 1b) (Polel) to kill, put to death, dispatch <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) to kill, put to death <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be killed, be put to death <BR> 1d1a) to die prematurely 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wā·mê·ṯū
         and die . 
    
 
        
            עוֹלָ֛ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עוֹלָ֛ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ō·w·lām
                
                
                     This is to be a permanent 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5769 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) long duration, antiquity, futurity, for ever, ever, everlasting, evermore, perpetual, old, ancient, world <BR> 1a) ancient time, long time (of past) <BR> 1b) (of future) <BR> 1b1) for ever, always <BR> 1b2) continuous existence, perpetual <BR> 1b3) everlasting, indefinite or unending future, eternity 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ō·w·lām
         This is to be a permanent 
    
 
        
            ל֖וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ל֖וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lōw
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lōw
         
    
 
        
            חֻקַּ֥ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֻקַּ֥ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥuq·qaṯ
                
                
                     statute 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2708 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) statute, ordinance, limit, enactment, something prescribed <BR> 1a) statute 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥuq·qaṯ
         statute 
    
 
        
            אַחֲרָֽיו׃ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַחֲרָֽיו׃ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’a·ḥă·rāw
                
                
                     for Aaron 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        310 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) after the following part, behind (of place), hinder, afterwards (of time)<BR> 1a) as an adverb <BR> 1a1) behind (of place) <BR> 1a2) afterwards (of time) <BR> 1b) as a preposition <BR> 1b1) behind, after (of place) <BR> 1b2) after (of time) <BR> 1b3) besides <BR> 1c) as a conjunction <BR> 1c) after that <BR> 1d) as a substantive <BR> 1d1) hinder part <BR> 1e) with other prepositions <BR> 1e1) from behind <BR> 1e2) from following after 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’a·ḥă·rāw
         for Aaron 
    
 
        
            וּלְזַרְע֥וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּלְזַרְע֥וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·lə·zar·‘ōw
                
                
                     and his descendants . [’’] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2233 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) seed, sowing, offspring <BR> 1a) a sowing <BR> 1b) seed <BR> 1c) semen virile <BR> 1d) offspring, descendants, posterity, children <BR> 1e) of moral quality <BR> 1e1) a practitioner of righteousness (fig.) <BR> 1f) sowing time (by meton) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·lə·zar·‘ōw
         and his descendants . [’’]